<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">

<channel>
	<title>Martin Bailey Photography Podcast</title>
	<atom:link href="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/feed/podcast/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com</link>
	<description>A total photography learning experience with Tokyo based photographer Martin Bailey.</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Thu, 02 Sep 2010 02:27:44 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=abc</generator>
<itunes:summary>This podcast is the perfect mix of tips, technique, art-talk, gear-talk, interviews, travelogues, critique and competition, illustrated by Martin\&#039;s images, and complemented by a thriving online photography community of helpful and friendly photographers of all experience levels.</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:subtitle>A total photography learning experience with Tokyo based photographer Martin Bailey.</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:author>Martin Bailey</itunes:author>
	<itunes:image href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/images/mbpp-logo.jpg" />
	<image><url>http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/images/mbpp-logo.jpg</url><title>Martin Bailey Photography Podcast</title><link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com</link></image>
	<itunes:category text="Arts">
		<itunes:category text="Visual Arts" />
	</itunes:category>
	<itunes:category text="Education">
		<itunes:category text="Training" />
	</itunes:category>
	<itunes:category text="Games &amp; Hobbies">
		<itunes:category text="Hobbies" />
	</itunes:category>
	<itunes:keywords>photography, tips, techniques, gear, art, philosophy, wildlife, landscape, nature, Japan, workshop</itunes:keywords>
	<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
	<itunes:owner>
		<itunes:name>Martin Bailey</itunes:name>
		<itunes:email>podcast_admin@martinbaileyphotography.com</itunes:email>
	</itunes:owner>
			<item>
		<title>Podcast 247 : The Anatomy of a Flowerscape</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 14 Jun 2010 13:53:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Art Talk" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="art" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="flower" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="flowerscape" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="technique" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=2272</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In Episode #244 of this Podcast, I talked about a couple of recent trips to a local park here in Tokyo, where I’d one week found myself a little bit dry on the creative front, and then the following week, forced myself to go back to face my demons and reacquaint myself with my creative [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In <a href="../2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed">Episode #244</a> of this Podcast, I talked about a couple of recent trips to a local park here in Tokyo, where I’d one week found myself a little bit dry on the creative front, and then the following week, forced myself to go back to face my demons and reacquaint myself with my creative muse. I had been shooting <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=flowerscape">Flowerscapes</a>, a type of flower photograph that I named, and take pride in shooting.</p>
<p>Also last month, the MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment theme was Flowerscapes, and I was quite surprised by the reaction to some of the members of the community over this theme. Some people really got it, and went out and got some great Flowerscape shots of their own. Other people didn’t really get it, and came back with basically flower close-up shots or macro images. Although many were very nice photographs, they were not what I would call Flowerscapes, so today, I figured I’d talk a little bit about how the Flowerscapes theme that I’ve been shooting for some five years now came about, and give a few more pointers on what I consider to be a good flowerscape image.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">The History of Flowerscapes</span></strong></p>
<p>So, first a bit about the history of Flowerscapes – although I’d been shooting Flowers for a number of year before this, I remember clearly the day the Flowerscape was born. It was May the 21<sup>st</sup>, 2005, five years and a day before my revisit to the Showa Memorial Park to face my demons a few weeks ago. It also just so turns out that five years and a day before that, I’d been in the same park, but it was a different field.</p>
<p>The park rotates what they plant in their fields every few years, and five years ago, the Corn Poppies were on the other side of the park, probably about a mile from my recent poppy images. I’d been doing some macro work, and I also went on to shoot with my 24mm Tilt/Shift lens, laying the focus plane down across the heads of the poppies to get each and every one of them in focus. In between these two types of shot though, I reached for my 100-400mm lens and shot image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-636">636</a>, which you can see right now in the Enhanced Podcast or in iTunes, or on my Podcasts page or blog if you are at a computer.</p>
<div id="attachment_2281" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2281" title="Poppies" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/Poppies2005_07_7936-590x393.jpg" alt="Poppies" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Poppies</p></div>
<p>I can still remember my excitement as I raised my then 20D camera to my eye with 100-400mm lens fitted and saw the beautiful red poppies, with the afternoon light filtering through the frail petals. This particular patch of poppies was partially shaded by a large tree, which explains why many of the poppy buds and some of the flower heads are dark. This was something else that I was to play with a lot more to this day, using shaded subjects with a bright background for effect, but we won’t go into that today.</p>
<p>One thing I had not yet gotten down in my technique was the shallow depth-of-field. I shot this scene at F8 – I was young and impressionable. Apart from that though, I’d fallen in love with the look. I was probably more excited about what I was seeing through the lens, because of course, unless I hit the Depth-of-Field preview button, the lens aperture would have been wide open, and I would have been treated to a much dreamier looking scene to the one I captured. Only by one stop mind, as this lens stops down to F5.6 at 400mm. This was the start of a love affair with Flowerscapes though, that gets me out on spring and summer, and autumn days, to this day, and hopefully for many years to come.</p>
<p>Fast forward by two and a half years, and I’d figured out that to shoot my Flowerscapes, I needed a wider aperture lens, and to keep the aperture open, as we can see in this image, which I called <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-1561">Cosmos Rhapsody</a>. I didn’t get here in one fell swoop of course. As of May 2010 there are 84 images in my online gallery that are tagged with the Flowerscape keyword, and this image is the 61st out of that 84, so I’d uploaded 23 other flowerscapes before this. It was though another pivotal photo in the history of flowerscapes, and I certainly recall the excitement of looking through the 70-200mm F2.8, and seeing once again, the beautiful quality of late afternoon light, once again filtering through trees. I shot this wide open at F2.8, and it had the dreamy look that I wanted, helped actually by a little bit of flare as the sun hit the front element of the lens.</p>
<div id="attachment_2274" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2274" title="Cosmos Rhapsody" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20071007_1721-590x393.jpg" alt="Cosmos Rhapsody" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Cosmos Rhapsody</p></div>
<p>I’d learned to keep my eye on the edges of the frame more, and although in many flowerscapes you can’t always avoid cutting flowers off at the edge of the frame, you can make sure that the image has an overall balance and pleasing look to it, as I believe I achieved here.</p>
<p>Fast forward another six months, and I was back in my poppy haunt, the Showa Memorial Park, this time shooting what I believe are Icelandic poppies, and my favorite shot of all of these is one that is in my <a href="http://www.mbpfolios.com/index.html">Flowerscapes</a> Fine Art Print Folio, <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-1782">Poppy Heaven</a>. This was shot with the 300mm F2.8 that I bought with one of the main purposes of shooting Flowerscapes in mind. I wanted to get further into a patch of flowers, when you can’t actually step further in. I’d fallen out of love with the 100-400mm since buying the 70-200mm F2.8, and even the 70-200 wasn’t performing as well as I’d like on the sharpness front, when used with the 1Ds Mark III, which is what I was now shooting with as my main camera.</p>
<div id="attachment_2276" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2276" title="Poppy Heaven" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20080427_8576-590x393.jpg" alt="Poppy Heaven" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Poppy Heaven</p></div>
<p>The 300mm F2.8 lens had become my best friend, and is pretty much still my best friend today, although the new 70-200mm F2.8 version II is giving it a good run for its money, with it’s incredible sharpness. They are both F2.8 so I am really enjoying having the flexibility to get in there and frame my Flowerscapes how I want to. I do use other lenses, and I sometimes stick the the 1.4X Extender on them, for added flexibility, but these are probably my two main Flowerscape lenses now.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">The Anatomy of a Flowerscape</span></strong></p>
<div id="attachment_2275" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 349px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2275" title="Dragonfly and Cosmos" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Kinchakuda_Higanbana_20080923_12942.jpg" alt="Dragonfly and Cosmos" width="339" height="508" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Dragonfly and Cosmos</p></div>
<p>In the Poppy Heaven image I’d really started to explore the idea of having just a huge expanse of vivid bokeh taking up the majority of the frame, with the flower subjects almost taking backstage, although of course the images wouldn’t stand up without the sharp main subjects. I shot this at F3.2, so the Depth-of-Field is tiny. Only the foreground white poppy on the left is totally sharp, but that’s OK, in my book. The idea is to make just a few, or sometimes only one flower swim in a sea of bokeh.</p>
<p>A Flowerscape doesn’t have to be just about the flowers. In September 2008, I shot a number of images where a <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-1936">dragonfly</a> stopped by while I was shooting my Flowerscapes, and I just had to make him the star of the show for a few frames. This was shot with the 300mm F2.8 and the 1.4X Extender, so an effective focal length of 420mm at F4. See how I’ve been mindful of where all the elemsents around the edge of the frame fall? Scan the edges of the frame as you compose your shots, and move forward or back if you are using a prime lens, or zoom in or out to get the most balanced framing. LiveView can really help too, as it enables you to almost see the finished picture while you are shooting. It’s surprising how much easier it is to clean up your composition when you see the image on the LCD as compared to through the finder. You also see how the camera sees the scene too of course, as the dynamic range and color balance is all their on the LCD. Sometimes looking through the viewfinder doesn’t give you this feedback.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Things to Look Out For</span></strong></p>
<p>One thing that I do a lot when scouting for Flowerscape images is look for subjects of contrasting color. Way back in <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=31#Ep31">Episode 31</a> I spoke about the use of <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=31#Ep31">Contrasting or Complimentary Colours</a>. In that Podcast I talked about how colors opposite each other on the color wheel have the most contrast, and colors one third apart are also very complimentary. I’ll put a link to our color wheel in the show notes, but you can literally try this out for yourself. Select colors that are close to the ones in my recent image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2545">Lensbaby Blue</a>, and you’ll find that they are one third apart on the color wheel. As the name implies, this was shot with a Lensbaby Composer. This one was one of the few images that I actually liked from my first recent visit to the poppy fields, when I wasn’t feeling very creative. Despite the Lensbaby being an excellent tool, I often find myself reaching for it when I need to mix things up a little bit creatively, as I did on this day.</p>
<div id="attachment_2277" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2277" title="Lensbaby Blue" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100515_4713-590x393.jpg" alt="Lensbaby Blue" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Lensbaby Blue</p></div>
<p>A Flowerscape can be close to a Landscape photograph, as in my image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2554">Trees Company</a> (below), from my most recent demon facing visit, where everything just seemed to flow and happen so naturally. Here the flowers don’t even take up half the screen, but it’s definitely still a flowerscape, because the flowers are such a major part of the shot. Without the vivid red across the bottom third to half of the image, it would be nothing at all. I actually did stop down a little for this shot though, to F5.6, as I wanted to give us some more detail in the tree, which was certainly a major contributor to the shot. The main thing to note though is that the depth-of-field is still shallow enough to give us separation between the tree and the background, and for the foreground poppies to go nicely out of focus.</p>
<div id="attachment_2279" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2279" title="Trees Company" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5074-590x393.jpg" alt="Trees Company" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Trees Company</p></div>
<div id="attachment_2280" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 349px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2280" title="Wild Bokeh" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5093.jpg" alt="Wild Bokeh" width="339" height="508" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Wild Bokeh</p></div>
<p>I do like to go crazy with the bokeh though, and although this is not to everyone’s liking, I use foreground bokeh in my flowerscapes, with as much effect if not more than your standard background bokeh, as in this image, <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2556">Wild Bokeh</a> (right)! Here I positioned myself so that there were a number of poppy flower heads above the poppy horizon line, so they are hanging in the air like balls of fire. Of course, I aligned my main subject, the white poppy, again a contrast in color compared to the surrounding red poppies, so that it is viewed through a nicely balanced opening in the foreground bokeh.</p>
<p>Finally, we’re going to finish on my favorite image from my recent trip, and at this point in time, probably my favorite Flowerscape so far, called <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2551">Lone White</a> (below). This is one of those shots where I felt that everything came together perfectly. The lone white poppy is surrounded by a sea of red, with just enough green in the poppy buds and seed pods to add a splash of interest. As the breeze blew the poppy heads around, I waited for the red poppy in front of the white one to move almost completely out of the way, but just overlapping slightly. As I tried for this one I obviously shot a number of images, but this one with just a little teasing bit of overlap works best in my opinion.</p>
<div id="attachment_2278" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 434px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2278" title="Lone White" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5032.jpg" alt="Lone White" width="424" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Lone White</p></div>
<p>There are some flower heads cut off on either side of the frame, but I chose to allow that to happen. I felt that the belt of sharpness worked well going right across the top third of the frame. Note too that I chose the height of my camera so that the dark horizon as the poppy field changed to trees, fell along the top of the frame. I feel this adds balance to the entire image, as do the greens in the bottom corners.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Things to Avoid</span></strong></p>
<p>Although it can sometimes look at though the bright patches of color are overexposed, especially when they are out of focus and between two contrasting colors, try not to overexpose any of the color channels. Keep your eyes on the RGB Histogram. It can start to look really nasty if you don’t keep your image optimally exposed. By optimally, I don’t necessarily mean zero on your camera’s meter. I generally shoot in manual mode and rarely even look to see where the caret is on the meter scale. All I care about is that I am as close to the right shoulder as possible, for the brightest and most vivid colors, and yet I don&#8217;t want to be touching the right shoulder, with any of the channels.</p>
<p>Try not to use deep depth-of-field, unless you really need to. The F8 image that we looked at early was deeper than it should have been, and the F5.6 image that we looked at was only that deep to give us some detail in the leaves on the tree. Any more depth-of-field would have killed that shot. It’s always tempting to go deeper, and I used to bracket my apertures until I was confident that I was simply not using the deeper depth-of-field versions I was going home with.</p>
<p>Make sure you have a definite main subject or subjects. Flowerscapes where there is no color or subject contrast are not as strong as those that have something like the white flower against the sea of red that we just looked at. Even if it’s the same type of flowers, and the same color and everything, look for one that is taller than the others, and set the height of your tripod to accentuate that, or align it with the trunk of a tree or something. Just find a way to make something stand out and you’ll improve the shot no end.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">No Rules</span></strong></p>
<p>At the end of the day though, the most important thing about this and any kind of photography, is to enjoy yourself. These few guidelines are just that, guidelines. There are no rules, and I am certainly making this up as I go along. The more I shoot Flowerscapes, the more I feel I am improving on them, but it’s still very much an open book. If you feel like giving it a bash yourself, knock yourself out.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>View all of my Flowerscapes: <a href="http://bit.ly/flowerscapes">http://bit.ly/flowerscapes</a></p>
<p>Win a Kata 3N1-33 Bag! <a href="http://bit.ly/mbpga2">http://bit.ly/mbpga2</a></p>
<p>Color Wheel: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/colourwheel.php">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/colourwheel.php</a></p>
<p>Learning Digital Photography Podcast: <a href="http://www.canonblogger.com/">http://www.canonblogger.com/</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep247.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/poppies-2005-07/' title='Poppies'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/Poppies2005_07_7936-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Poppies" title="Poppies" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/cosmos-rhapsody/' title='Cosmos Rhapsody'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20071007_1721-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Cosmos Rhapsody" title="Cosmos Rhapsody" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/poppy-heaven-2/' title='Poppy Heaven'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20080427_8576-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Poppy Heaven" title="Poppy Heaven" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/dragonfly-and-cosmos/' title='Dragonfly and Cosmos'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Kinchakuda_Higanbana_20080923_12942-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Dragonfly and Cosmos" title="Dragonfly and Cosmos" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/lensbaby-blue/' title='Lensbaby Blue'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100515_4713-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Lensbaby Blue" title="Lensbaby Blue" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/trees-company/' title='Trees Company'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5074-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Trees Company" title="Trees Company" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/wild-bokeh/' title='Wild Bokeh'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5093-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Wild Bokeh" title="Wild Bokeh" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/lone-white/' title='Lone White'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5032-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Lone White" title="Lone White" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/14/podcast-247-the-anatomy-of-a-flowerscape/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep247.mp3" length="21844360" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>In Episode #244 of this Podcast, I talked about a couple of recent trips to a local park here in Tokyo, where I’d one week found myself a little bit dry on the creative front, and then the following week, forced myself to go back to face my demons and reacquaint myself with my creative muse. I had been shooting Flowerscapes, a type of flower photograph that I named, and take pride in shooting.
Also last month, the MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment theme was Flowerscapes, and I was quite surprised by the reaction to some of the members of the community over this theme. Some people really got it, and went out and got some great Flowerscape shots of their own. Other people didn’t really get it, and came back with basically flower close-up shots or macro images. Although many were very nice photographs, they were not what I would call Flowerscapes, so today, I figured I’d talk a little bit about how the Flowerscapes theme that I’ve been shooting for some five years now came about, and give a few more pointers on what I consider to be a good flowerscape image.
The History of Flowerscapes
So, first a bit about the history of Flowerscapes – although I’d been shooting Flowers for a number of year before this, I remember clearly the day the Flowerscape was born. It was May the 21st, 2005, five years and a day before my revisit to the Showa Memorial Park to face my demons a few weeks ago. It also just so turns out that five years and a day before that, I’d been in the same park, but it was a different field.
The park rotates what they plant in their fields every few years, and five years ago, the Corn Poppies were on the other side of the park, probably about a mile from my recent poppy images. I’d been doing some macro work, and I also went on to shoot with my 24mm Tilt/Shift lens, laying the focus plane down across the heads of the poppies to get each and every one of them in focus. In between these two types of shot though, I reached for my 100-400mm lens and shot image number 636, which you can see right now in the Enhanced Podcast or in iTunes, or on my Podcasts page or blog if you are at a computer.
Poppies
I can still remember my excitement as I raised my then 20D camera to my eye with 100-400mm lens fitted and saw the beautiful red poppies, with the afternoon light filtering through the frail petals. This particular patch of poppies was partially shaded by a large tree, which explains why many of the poppy buds and some of the flower heads are dark. This was something else that I was to play with a lot more to this day, using shaded subjects with a bright background for effect, but we won’t go into that today.
One thing I had not yet gotten down in my technique was the shallow depth-of-field. I shot this scene at F8 – I was young and impressionable. Apart from that though, I’d fallen in love with the look. I was probably more excited about what I was seeing through the lens, because of course, unless I hit the Depth-of-Field preview button, the lens aperture would have been wide open, and I would have been treated to a much dreamier looking scene to the one I captured. Only by one stop mind, as this lens stops down to F5.6 at 400mm. This was the start of a love affair with Flowerscapes though, that gets me out on spring and summer, and autumn days, to this day, and hopefully for many years to come.
Fast forward by two and a half years, and I’d figured out that to shoot my Flowerscapes, I needed a wider aperture lens, and to keep the aperture open, as we can see in this image, which I called Cosmos Rhapsody. I didn’t get here in one fell swoop of course. As of May 2010 there are 84 images in my online gallery that are tagged with the Flowerscape keyword, and this image is the 61st out of that 84, so I’d uploaded 23 other flowerscapes before this. It was though another pivotal photo in the history of flowerscapes, and I certainly recall the excitement of looking through the 70-200mm F2.8, and [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>In Episode #244 of this Podcast, I talked about a couple of recent trips to a local park here in Tokyo, where I’d one week found myself a little bit dry on the creative front, and then the following week, forced myself to go back to face my [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 246 : The iPad for the Photographer</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 07 Jun 2010 14:01:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gear" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Review" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Software" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="App Store" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Apple" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="dropbox" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="evernote" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="ipad" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="itunes" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="photographer" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="the early edition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tweetdeck" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="twitterrific" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=2223</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I picked up my iPad on May 28, which was the day that the iPad went on sale in most countries outside of the US. Today I’ll talk about how I’m using my iPad now, and throw in a few useful app suggestions, as well as covering what I’m not doing, with reasons why, and [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I picked up my iPad on May 28, which was the day that the iPad went on sale in most countries outside of the US. Today I’ll talk about how I’m using my iPad now, and throw in a few useful app suggestions, as well as covering what I’m not doing, with reasons why, and a few small areas that really need to be improved to make this little device the photographer’s Utopia, if it isn&#8217;t already.</p>
<p>(If you prefer to listen, there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of  this post.)</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Feel the Quality</strong></span></p>
<p>The first thing you’ll notice when you hold an iPad, for those that haven’t had a chance to yet that is, is that it is the perfect size to just sit on a sofa and hold when you view eBooks or browse Web sites etc. The weight is enough to be able to feel the quality, but not enough to start to feel heavy while using the iPad.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Portfolio Viewer</strong></span></p>
<p>Of course, the most obvious use of the iPad for the photographer is to use it to show your portfolio of images to others. One of the first things I did was sync my best shots to the iPad, just to see how good they look, and they look great! I had high expectation, and it totally lived up to them. The screen is 9.7” diagonally, with 1024 x 768 resolution at 132 pixels per inch, so it’s incredibly sharp.</p>
<div id="attachment_2224" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2224" title="MBP iPad Home Screen" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/00_MBP_Home_Screen-590x442.jpg" alt="MBP iPad Home Screen" width="590" height="442" /><p class="wp-caption-text">MBP iPad Home Screen</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">The iPad Technical Specs state that the screen is Fingerprint-resistant, which I think must mean that fingerprints are easily removable, which they are. It’s misleading though in that these things do get covered in fingerprints. After you’ve washed your hands, and there’s no oil in your skin, they are fine for a while, but unless you wash your hands every time you touch the screen, there will be finger prints. I find though that when there are noticeable finger prints, a microfiber cloth like the ones we use to clean our lenses will clean the screen with a few wipes, and also, after you have washed your hands, you can easily remove the finger prints by just rubbing your thumb or finger over them a couple of times.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Don&#8217;t Resize for the iPad</span></strong></p>
<p>After I’d simply copied my library of best shots to the iPad, I exported my current 44 image Nature of Japan portfolio to a directory on my hard disk, and synced that to the iPad. I initially made a mess of this though by trying to be clever, and resizing my images. Because the screen is 1024 pixels wide, I tried exporting my images with a maximum long edge of 1024 pixels. This of course though stops you from being able to zoom in on the images. This was actually how I had my portfolio synced when I met Marcus Bain, a great photographer living here in Japan, the day after I got my iPad. The first thing Marcus did when I showed him the portfolio is used the multi-point technology, where you place two fingers on the screen and then spread them apart to zoom the image, and of course, this doesn’t give you a sharp image if you have the photos resized to just 1024 pixels. Luckily I had my other images on there still, so Marcus could still have a play with them and check sharpness, but the first thing I did when I got home was re-exported my portfolio without any resizing.</p>
<p>I’m sure there’s an optimum size to resize images to for the iPad, but as iTunes will do all of the resizing and sharpening necessary to display images in amazing quality and give you a certain amount of zoom-ability, I decided to just export my images without any resizing at all. I can then use that folder of JPEGs for slide shows etc. as well so it really isn’t a big deal to have the full-sized JPEGs sitting on my hard drive.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Photos Currently Ordered by Creation Date</strong></span></p>
<p>One thing that I noticed though, that I don’t like about the iPad, and I have raised an enhancement request with Apple about this, is that you can’t specify how images are sorted in the Photos application, which is the native image viewer on the iPad. I usually order the images in my portfolio in a pleasing or aesthetic way, and then when I export my portfolio images from Lightroom, I have a preset that will add a two digit number and an underscore to the start of the file name as it saves the images to my hard drive. This means that when you view the images sorted by file name, they are in your intended order. The iPhone actually orders images by file name, so I always have my portfolio in the order I want it on my iPhone.</p>
<p>So, I was surprised that when I cranked up the Photo viewer on the iPad, and saw my images in a totally different order. On closer inspection, it seems that the images are ordered by the capture date of the original digital image. Now, this of course is another way in which I’d like to view images. I have a whole bunch of folders that are just named by year, and these are more like a yearly photographic diary that I like to have with me, and this is great sorted by creation date, because it starts are January 1<sup>st</sup>, and ends with December 31<sup>st</sup>.</p>
<p>Apple are great at taking away confusing configurations and decisions from the end user, but on this occasion, I think we need a little more control. My enhancement request was for the ability to sort on file name as well as create date, and to have the ability to specify ascending or descending order. I also want to be able to do this by folder, and not a generic setting for all image folders on the device, because there are times when capture date is preferred. OK, so that’s negative point number one. Not a showstopper by any means, but I hope Apple decides to change this functionality, in the near future.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Handling Sub-folders Not So Graceful</strong></span></p>
<p>One other negative thing about the Photos application is that when you sync from iTunes, if you select a folder to sync that contains lots of sub-folders, they are all displayed as one larger album on the iPad, even when you select the Albums tab in the Photos application. This is annoying because I want to display my best shots in their year folders, and have my portfolio shots in another folder. To make this possible, you have to go down a level in your file system, and tell iTunes that you want to sync each of the folders individually. This means that I can’t just say, OK, sync my Best Shots folder, and make sure that my yearly folders and my portfolio folder are in there. I have to select to sync each folder on the lower level by selecting each one of them in iTunes. I can live with this, but I’m not a fan of changing how I organize my computer because of conditions imposed on me from third parties.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Slide-Shows with Music</strong></span></p>
<p>The Slide Show feature in the Photos app is pretty good. You can turn music on and select any track that you have synced to the iPad in your music library. There are also a number of transitions to choose from such as Cube, Dissolve, Ripple, Wipe and Origami. Wipe is probably the most orthodox transition, but these are great to play with, and the Origami transition can be fun, but I find the way it crops images to make its three image spread can be a little unkind to nature photos. Definitely worth having a play with this though.</p>
<div id="attachment_2231" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2231" title="Full Screen Image with Thumbnail Bar" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/01_Full_Screen_with_Thumbnails-590x442.jpg" alt="Full Screen Image with Thumbnails" width="590" height="442" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Full Screen Image with Thumbnails Bar</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">When viewing an image full screen, if you tap the image, you’ll get a narrow thumbnail bar at the bottom of the screen, and when you run your finger along it, it literally whizzes through your images as fast as you can run your finger along the thumbnail bar. You can also hold the image with two fingers, and turn it, and the image will rotate under your fingers, as well as expand and contract. This isn’t particularly useful, but it gets a good reaction when showing people how cool the iPad is.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Hold and Rotate &#8211; Cool But Meaningless</strong></span></p>
<p>Pinching closes the image and returns to the thumbnail view, and then if you pinch the screen again, you will go up to the next album level. To open albums or images you can either tap them, or use two fingers, spreading them apart, and of course simple swiping on images and album pages will move you swiftly through the albums or images on the screen.</p>
<div id="attachment_2229" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2229" title="Rotate Images" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/02_Rotate_Image-590x442.jpg" alt="Rotate Images" width="590" height="442" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Rotate Images</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Picture Frame</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Before we move on from the display of photos, one other great feature is the Picture Frame. If you go to the Settings panel on the iPad, you’ll see an option called Picture Frame. In there you can set a transition and a few other settings, and you can also select to display all photos or specific albums, and then when you turn your iPad on when you see that slider that you have to slide with your finger to unlock the iPad, you’ll notice a little icon with a flower in it to the right of the slider. If you click this, you will automatically turn your iPad into a Picture Frame, and the images in the album you selected will start to display on the iPad, without you having to go into the iPad, select the Photos app, navigate to your album and then turning on the slide show. This is very handy if you just want to quickly show your images, or even set the iPad down on a table on a stand maybe, and just use it as a digital picture frame.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>No Adobe Flash!</strong></span></p>
<p>I can’t believe I have so much to say just about the Photos app! Let’s move on to some other great things that you have to check out. As I mentioned, Web pages look absolutely amazing on the iPad, as long as they are not Flash based of course. I’m sure you’re sick of hearing about this, so I won’t go into detail, but basically the iPad does not, and from what we’re hearing probably never will support Adobe Flash. Sure, there are arguments that it’s a battery life hog and that there may be a few bugs in Flash, whatever. I personally think that it should just be supported, because if there were bugs, Adobe would fix them, like they always do, so I wish Apple would just get over this and give us Flash.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Web Sites Do Look Great!</strong></span></p>
<p>Apart from that though, really, Web sites look amazing on the iPad. I have found myself doing more web browsing than ever before, just because I can do it from the sofa, sitting next to my wife, who I think is also pleased I bought the iPad, just because it’s keeping off my PC more than she could have imagined.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">So Do Videos!</span></strong></p>
<p>Videos also look great on the iPad. You can sync videos just like Photos, from the same dialog in fact, and if you have videos in your iTunes library, it will try to sync them to the iPad as well. The speaker on the iPad is surprisingly good for the size, so you don’t always need to use earphones, unless of course you’re annoying other people with the music or sounds coming out of the speaker. Some sites like <a href="http://www.vimeo.com/">Vimeo.com</a> will dish-up video to the iPad too, so you can go over to <a href="http://www.vimeo.com/martinbailey">vimeo.com/martinbailey</a> for example, and check out my videos if you are looking for some video content to give a try. Currently though, the Vimeo fullscreen video button doesn’t actually go to fullscreen on the iPad. If you want to go true fullscreen, you have to download the video and sync it to the iPad.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Generally Very Pretty</span></strong></p>
<p>The email client on the iPad is pretty good. I like the way, as with many apps, when you turn the iPad up into the vertical orientation, it automatically gets rid of the side bar, and just displays the email. If you get mail with graphics in the iPad does a great job of formatting those, as well as plain text email. The Calendar and Contacts apps are also nicely formatted. I think Apple has done a great job of really utilizing the additional screen real estate that the iPad has.</p>
<h2>My Essential Apps</h2>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Evernote</span></strong></p>
<p>I don’t use Notes on the iPad, as I have Evernote, which brings us to some of the third party apps that I don’t think I’d like to be without. The iPad is great for photos and mail, and web browsing, etc. right out of the box, but it really comes into its own when you start to customize it with your own selection of apps from the iTunes App Store.</p>
<p>Evernote is an application that basically allows you to create text notes, which you can type directly to the new note or old note that you are editing. You can also record audio notes, and attach them, as well as attaching photos etc. You can organize your notes into various Notebooks, and tag them, for easy searching later.</p>
<p>The beauty of Evernote though, is that all of the notes that you create are automatically synced to a central secure server, and then if you install the Evernote client on your Mac or Windows PC, or even your iPhone or many other mobile devices, you can continue to access notes that you made not only on that device, but on all of your devices. If you are on a PC for example, you can capture entire Web pages, or copy PDF documents or just about any document to Evernote, and have it available on all other devices, and there’s no need for any manual syncing at all. You can only display a certain type of document mind. The Evernote reader has to support it, but it does an OK job with Word Docs and Excel Files for example, and PDFs display OK, although not optimal for the iPad, but none of the PDF viewers really do a good job yet, but we’ll get to that shortly. Evernote have a free account, into which you can upload up to 40MB a month, and sync between all of your devices without paying a penny. If you find that you are using it a lot though, you might want to consider a Premium account for $5/month or $45/year. I have a premium account and have not regretted it once, especially now that I can get at all of my notes from an iPad too.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Dropbox</span></strong></p>
<p>For syncing files between computers more than notes, another service that I use is Dropbox. Dropbox has a free service where you can sync up to 2GB of data across as many machines as you like, but if you want to go above 2GB, there are a couple of options. For 50GB, it will cost you $9.99/ month or $99/year, and for 100GB it will cost you $19.99/month or $199/year. I have signed up for the Pro 50 account, and I now sync my best images and all my eBooks and other important files across all of my machines to save me from having to sync them manually. And of course, there’s an iPad client for Dropbox that does a pretty good job at opening all the common file types. It will also give you a basic image viewer so that you can view your JPEG images, but it does not have a slideshow feature in the iPad version as of June 2010. The iPhone client for Dropbox actually has a very nice photo viewer though, so I’m sure it won’t be too long before this is added to the iPad version as well.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Twitterrific &amp; TweetDeck</span></strong></p>
<div id="attachment_2228" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 343px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2228" title="Tweetdeck in Vertical Orientation" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/03_Tweetdeck_Vertical.jpg" alt="Tweetdeck Vertical Orientation" width="333" height="445" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Tweetdeck in Vertical Orientation</p></div>
<p>There are some great Twitter Clients that have been redesigned for the iPad too. I have installed and continuously switch between two clients which are Twitterrific and TweetDeck. Both are free for the iPad at the moment, but Twitterrific has some ads at the top of the feeds right now. I will buy a Premium version when available to get rid of the ads. Tweetdeck has no ads and is still free too. I prefer the layout of TweetDeck on the iPad, but I prefer the way Twitterrific behaves for retweeting etc. They&#8217;re both great though, and I know there are a bunch of other good Twitter clients out there, but these are my personal favorites. Be sure to grab the iPad versions from the App Store when searching for these apps, as you can download and install the iPhone versions, and even use them, but they don’t make use of your nice big iPad screen, so I wouldn’t advise it.</p>
<p>We’re kind of going off topic here in that Twitter is not specifically for photography, but there is a pretty big community of photographers on Twitter, that are sharing a huge amount of useful information all day long, so if you are not already using Twitter, I suggest you give it a try, especially if you have just bought an iPad.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Sobees for Facebook</span></strong></p>
<p>Continuing with the Social Networking (for Photographers) theme, if you use Facebook, you need to grab a copy of Sobees for Facebook. This is a great app that gives you a view of latest status updates from all of your friends, as well as latest images, links and videos. The People tab is amazing, in that it gives you a largish thumbnail of the profile photo for all of your friends. I was actually quite touched by this view, seeing all of my family and friends from around the world that I have connected with on Facebook. As I scrolled down I saw the faces of many of you that I know from the MBP Community as well, and it was just really nice. There’s a photos tab and an events tab too, that are great for seeing the shots uploaded from friends and events that are being planned. The Profile tab shows your own profile and all of your recent status updates and interactions. You can also scroll through Friend’s thumbnail and view their profiles too.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Reuters News Pro</strong></span></p>
<p>Another loosely Photography related app that I want to mention is one that Roy Booth from the UK recommended on our <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/forum/">Photography Forum</a>, and that is Thomson Reuters News Pro. This is a great app for catching up on world events, as well as financial information such as Currencies, Markets and Stocks. The photography connection here though is that there is a Picture section, and in there, you have basically a screen full of thumbnails, and when you tap on them, you see a page that is mostly a photo from a current news event, with some text explain what the photo is about with a little bit of news to back it up. It’s a great way to view some amazing photography at the same time as catch up with world events.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Zinio</span></strong></p>
<p>If you don’t subscribe to digital magazines with a company called Zinio before you get an iPad, you have to start to use them when you do. Zinio have their own reader for the iPad, as well as the iPhone and desktop computers, but one of the main things that I wanted to do on the iPad was sit and read my Zinio magazines, and here’s the photography connection. For a few years now, I have subscribed to magazines like Popular Photography, ShutterBug, American Photo and Layers Magazine. Zinio subscriptions range from a bit cheaper than the hard copy magazine, to ridiculously cheaper, and they are delivered to your computer or iPad as soon as they are released. There’s no waiting for the postman, and of course, no postage charges.</p>
<div id="attachment_2227" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2227" title="Zinio Library View" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/04_Zinio_Magazines-590x442.jpg" alt="Zinio Library View" width="590" height="442" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Zinio Library View</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;"><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Rich Content &amp; Interactive Magazines</strong></span></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Also, with the advent of the iPad, innovative magazines like National Geographic are now making their magazine more interactive, including animation and video clips, right there in the magazine. When my hard-copy National Geographic magazine subscription runs out in December, I’ll be switching to Zinio too. Not only is it a richer experience, with the clear type and amazingly clear and vivid photographs on the iPad, but the interactivity takes it to the next level, and no trees have to die to get me my copy! How cool is that!?</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Zinio &#8211; Simply the Best</span></strong></p>
<p>In my opinion, the Zinio Reader for the iPad is the only eBook reader at the moment that has got it right when it comes to the way you store and read books. You have a number of different ways to view your library of magazines, and then when you open them, you will see either a single page or a double page spread, depending on the orientation of your iPad. If you have it horizontal, you’ll see two pages, and you’ll see just one page, when the iPad is vertical. Of course there’s a little button on the side of the iPad if you want to stop this from happening, say if you are reading lying down or something. When you double tap or use two fingers to zoom on a page, you can zoom in even closer to the text for easy reading, although it’s possible to read most text without zooming. When you have finished reading a page, you just swipe in the direction that you want to turn a page, and the book will advance for you. If you touch the page, you also get a nice thumbnail bar, so you can visually search through the magazine and then tap on the thumbnail to jump to any page.</p>
<div id="attachment_2226" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2226" title="Layers Magazine in Zinio - Double Page with Thumbnails" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/05_Zinio_Double_Page_with_Thumbnails-590x442.jpg" alt="Layers Magazine in Zinio - Double Page with Thumbnails" width="590" height="442" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Layers Magazine in Zinio - Double Page with Thumbnails</p></div>
<p>I have tried a number of other PDF readers so that I can read some of the eBooks that I have bought, but so far none of them have this rich a reading experience. A few have come close, and some even offer double page spreads, which I really want when reading an eBook, even though I’ll probably zoom in to actually read the text. But the one reader that I found that does have double pages does not have a zoom function. They say it’s coming, but I’m not going to call out the name of any of the other readers I’ve tried until they get this feature right.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>The Early Edition</strong></span></p>
<p>One last application that I want to mention, because we photographers tend to keep track of a lot of Web sites and information, is Early Edition, which is an RSS reader with a difference. RSS readers are often relatively boring, and they just give you a list of the feeds you subscribe to, and when you click on them, you see a list of the most recent articles on the Web sites that you are subscribed to. Well, Early Edition takes those feeds and creates newspaper pages out of them, so you get a headline made from the latest post, then three more sections from the next three posts, and then you get six smaller sections from the next six posts, so you see the 10 most recent posts from your selected feed on the first page, and it creates multiple pages for feeds that have more than 10 recent posts listed. I’ll put a screenshot on the blog and in the Podcast to so that you can see exactly what I mean. Of course, if you don’t have a 3G version of the iPad, if you sync before you leave home in the morning, you can read all of your favorite feeds offline while you are on the train or wherever you’re going.</p>
<div id="attachment_2225" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2225" title="MBP Blog in Early Edition RSS Reader" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/06_MBP_Blog_in_Early_Edition-590x442.jpg" alt="MBP Blog in Early Edition RSS Reader" width="590" height="442" /><p class="wp-caption-text">MBP Blog in Early Edition RSS Reader</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Doesn&#8217;t and Won&#8217;t Stop There</span></strong></p>
<p style="text-align: left;">There are a whole slew of other apps available of course, and we are only just seeing the start of what people are going to develop for this platform. I have touched on the main apps that have been developed or updated specifically for the iPad today. All of the apps that I bought for the iPhone, including our very own MBP Companion App for the iPhone work fine on the iPad, and there’s a little 2X button to even have them fill the screen. They’re usable, but I’m not finding them as aesthetically pleasing as iPad specific apps, and they generally don’t make good use of the larger screen size.</p>
<h2 style="text-align: left;">Other Areas to Note</h2>
<p style="text-align: left;"><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Amazing Battery Life!</span></strong></p>
<p>A few other things to touch on before we wrap up for today are that the battery life on the iPad is amazing! I have used it pretty heavily for two or three days at a time before recharging the battery. This is a good thing too, because most people don’t realize that you cannot charge the iPad from most current PCs USB ports, like you can an iPhone or iPod. Some Mac computers apparently have enough voltage on the USB ports to charge an iPad, but from what I gather, PCs generally won’t do this. I find though that I can get at least a day or two out of the battery, so I just check to see how much charge is left before going to bed, and if it’s down to around 50-25%, I’ll charge it overnight.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Soft Keyboard, OK</span></strong></p>
<p>For typing email etc. there’s a soft keyboard that appears on screen, which is OK. I usually touch type, which means I don’t look at the keyboard when I type, and that is difficult, because you don’t have physical keys to rest your fingers on, but it’s not impossible. The more I type, the easier it’s getting to type relatively fast on the iPad.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Hardware Keyboard/Dock, Silly</span></strong></p>
<p>There is a hardware keyboard from Apple for the iPad, but it docks to the iPad in the vertical position, which is a bit silly in my opinion. Pretty soon someone will design a keyboard that allows you to dock with the iPad in a horizontal orientation and then it will be worth considering. Because the iPad has Bluetooth though, I’m sure you can just pair up with pretty much any Bluetooth keyboard and use that if you want to. I really just don’t see me using the iPad as a production machine as such though. For me, it’s mainly about consuming information with basic interactivity.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Not a Mobile Digital Workflow for the Photographer</span></strong></p>
<p>Some people may have been expecting me to tell you how to load your digital photos on to the iPad and manipulate them with various apps, and upload them to Flickr or your Web site today. If you were hoping for that, I’m sorry to disappoint, but I have literally no interest in doing that sort of thing with my iPad. As much as I love this little baby already, I do not consider it the best device for doing that sort of thing. It’s not that you can’t use the iPad for some basically image selection and upload to a Web site, I just don’t think I’ll ever do that. I want to embed meta data into the file, and do some color management before I upload it anywhere, so if I need to work with images on the road, I’ll take my Laptop PC. It’s just going to be so much easier on a laptop because it’s designed for this sort of thing.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">You Need This Device!</span></strong></p>
<p>So, in summary, and this is the part that you have to print out and show your partner to get them to agree to you buying an iPad…</p>
<p>Photographers are going to get more out of an iPad than most people. Especially for the online photographer that makes the most of Social Media and digital communication to further your hobby or business. Whether you simply want to show your images to family and friends, or you are going to take the iPad with you to show potential clients your portfolio, the wow factor when you show people images on this device is huge. So far, everyone that I’ve handed the iPad to, to view my images, has just said wow, and then their mouths drop open.</p>
<p>The iPhone was great for showing images to people, and because you always have it with you, it will continue to be so, but I am going to be carrying my iPad with me as often as possible too, because you never know when you are going to get a chance to show your images to someone, and the more you show your images, the more chance you have of getting assignments or selling prints etc. I really believe that an iPad will change the way we consume our photography related information, share our own ideas and information through Social Media, and change the way we interact with our clients and potential customers.</p>
<p>Sure, it’s only been 10 days for me, but this device has already changed my life. I’ll update you again in a few months, and let you know what new applications are available then for the photographer.</p>
<p>If you are sitting on the fence though, wondering whether or not you should buy an iPad, jump off the fence, and run to the nearest Apple Store!</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>I’d also like to mention that there is a problem with  the iPad in that it does not display the images in Enhanced Podcasts  yet. I don’t know if this is a bug, or something that Apple did  intentionally, because the images in Enhanced Podcasts are too small to  be displayed full screen on the iPad, but it doesn’t work at the moment.  I have provided feedback to Apple via their Web site, and I’ll update  you if this situation improves, but for now, you won’t be able to view  images in the Enhanced Podcast. The good thing here though is that the  blog and my online galleries and Podcast page look great on the iPad, so  you can go and follow along on the Web site while listening to the  audio on the iPad, and this may actually be a better option for now.</p>
<p>Here are iTunes App Store links for each application I mentioned:</p>
<p>Evernote: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/evernote/id281796108?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/evernote/id281796108?mt=8</a></p>
<p>Dropbox: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/dropbox/id327630330?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/dropbox/id327630330?mt=8</a></p>
<p>Twitterrific: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/twitterrific-for-ipad/id359914600?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/twitterrific-for-ipad/id359914600?mt=8</a></p>
<p>Tweetdeck: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/tweetdeck-for-ipad/id364153769?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/tweetdeck-for-ipad/id364153769?mt=8</a></p>
<p>Sobees for Facebook: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/sobees-for-facebook/id370382132?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/sobees-for-facebook/id370382132?mt=8</a></p>
<p>Thomson Reuters News Pro: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/reuters-news-pro-for-ipad/id363274833?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/reuters-news-pro-for-ipad/id363274833?mt=8</a></p>
<p>Zinio Magazine Newsstand Reader: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/zinio-magazine-newsstand-reader/id364297166?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/zinio-magazine-newsstand-reader/id364297166?mt=8</a></p>
<p>The Early Edition: <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/the-early-edition/id363496943?mt=8">http://itunes.apple.com/en/app/the-early-edition/id363496943?mt=8</a></p>
<p>Win a Kata 3N1-33 Bag! <a href="http://bit.ly/mbpga2">http://bit.ly/mbpga2</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep246.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/00_mbp_home_screen/' title='MBP iPad Home Screen'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/00_MBP_Home_Screen-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="MBP iPad Home Screen" title="MBP iPad Home Screen" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/01_full_screen_with_thumbnails/' title='Full Screen Image with Thumbnails'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/01_Full_Screen_with_Thumbnails-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Full Screen Image with Thumbnails" title="Full Screen Image with Thumbnails" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/02_rotate_image/' title='Rotate Images'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/02_Rotate_Image-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Rotate Images" title="Rotate Images" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/03_tweetdeck_vertical/' title='Tweetdeck Vertical Orientation'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/03_Tweetdeck_Vertical-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Tweetdeck Vertical Orientation" title="Tweetdeck Vertical Orientation" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/04_zinio_magazines/' title='Zinio Library View'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/04_Zinio_Magazines-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Zinio Library View" title="Zinio Library View" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/05_zinio_double_page_with_thumbnails/' title='Layers Magazine in Zinio - Double Page with Thumbnails'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/05_Zinio_Double_Page_with_Thumbnails-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Layers Magazine in Zinio - Double Page with Thumbnails" title="Layers Magazine in Zinio - Double Page with Thumbnails" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/06_mbp_blog_in_early_edition/' title='MBP Blog in Early Edition RSS Reader'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/06/06_MBP_Blog_in_Early_Edition-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="MBP Blog in Early Edition RSS Reader" title="MBP Blog in Early Edition RSS Reader" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/06/07/podcast-246-the-ipad-for-the-photographer/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep246.mp3" length="39574533" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>I picked up my iPad on May 28, which was the day that the iPad went on sale in most countries outside of the US. Today I’ll talk about how I’m using my iPad now, and throw in a few useful app suggestions, as well as covering what I’m not doing, with reasons why, and a few small areas that really need to be improved to make this little device the photographer’s Utopia, if it isn’t already.
(If you prefer to listen, there’s an audio player at the bottom of  this post.)
Feel the Quality
The first thing you’ll notice when you hold an iPad, for those that haven’t had a chance to yet that is, is that it is the perfect size to just sit on a sofa and hold when you view eBooks or browse Web sites etc. The weight is enough to be able to feel the quality, but not enough to start to feel heavy while using the iPad.
Portfolio Viewer
Of course, the most obvious use of the iPad for the photographer is to use it to show your portfolio of images to others. One of the first things I did was sync my best shots to the iPad, just to see how good they look, and they look great! I had high expectation, and it totally lived up to them. The screen is 9.7” diagonally, with 1024 x 768 resolution at 132 pixels per inch, so it’s incredibly sharp.
MBP iPad Home Screen
The iPad Technical Specs state that the screen is Fingerprint-resistant, which I think must mean that fingerprints are easily removable, which they are. It’s misleading though in that these things do get covered in fingerprints. After you’ve washed your hands, and there’s no oil in your skin, they are fine for a while, but unless you wash your hands every time you touch the screen, there will be finger prints. I find though that when there are noticeable finger prints, a microfiber cloth like the ones we use to clean our lenses will clean the screen with a few wipes, and also, after you have washed your hands, you can easily remove the finger prints by just rubbing your thumb or finger over them a couple of times.
Don’t Resize for the iPad
After I’d simply copied my library of best shots to the iPad, I exported my current 44 image Nature of Japan portfolio to a directory on my hard disk, and synced that to the iPad. I initially made a mess of this though by trying to be clever, and resizing my images. Because the screen is 1024 pixels wide, I tried exporting my images with a maximum long edge of 1024 pixels. This of course though stops you from being able to zoom in on the images. This was actually how I had my portfolio synced when I met Marcus Bain, a great photographer living here in Japan, the day after I got my iPad. The first thing Marcus did when I showed him the portfolio is used the multi-point technology, where you place two fingers on the screen and then spread them apart to zoom the image, and of course, this doesn’t give you a sharp image if you have the photos resized to just 1024 pixels. Luckily I had my other images on there still, so Marcus could still have a play with them and check sharpness, but the first thing I did when I got home was re-exported my portfolio without any resizing.
I’m sure there’s an optimum size to resize images to for the iPad, but as iTunes will do all of the resizing and sharpening necessary to display images in amazing quality and give you a certain amount of zoom-ability, I decided to just export my images without any resizing at all. I can then use that folder of JPEGs for slide shows etc. as well so it really isn’t a big deal to have the full-sized JPEGs sitting on my hard drive.
Photos Currently Ordered by Creation Date
One thing that I noticed though, that I don’t like about the iPad, and I have raised an enhancement request with Apple about this, is that you can’t specify how images are sorted in the Photos application, which is the native image viewer on the iPad. I usually order the images in my portfolio in a pleasing or aesthetic way, and then when I export my portfolio images from [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>I picked up my iPad on May 28, which was the day that the iPad went on sale in most countries outside of the US. Today I’ll talk about how I’m using my iPad now, and throw in a few useful app suggestions, as well as covering what I’m not [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 245: Kata Bag 3N1-33 Sling Backpack Review</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 31 May 2010 14:02:44 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gear" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Review" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="bag" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="camera" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="innovation" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="kata bags" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="lightweight" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="photo" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="protective" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=2131</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Kata-Bags sent me a 3N1-33 Sling Backpack to try a few weeks ago, and after using it a number of times now, I’m very pleased with it, and have been looking forward to sharing some details with you today. (By the way, if you&#8217;d prefer to listen, there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><a href="http://www.kata-bags.com/"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-2140" title="Kata-Bags" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/LogoTagline-Black.jpg" alt="Kata-Bags" width="295" height="154" /></a>Kata-Bags sent me a 3N1-33 Sling Backpack to try a few weeks ago, and after using it a number of times now, I’m very pleased with it, and have been looking forward to sharing some details with you today.</p>
<p>(By the way, if you&#8217;d prefer to listen, there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.)</p>
<p>Like many photographers, I have a bit of a bag fetish. There will never be one single bag for every need, unless your needs are pretty limited of course. For many years I have been a Lowepro proponent, and I still own and use about six Lowepro bags, if you include two Toploader bags that I use when I only want to carry a camera body with one lens attached. The problem is that I rarely go anywhere with a camera and just one lens, so I generally attach a lens case to one side of the Toploader, and then I attach a pouch with my air blower and spare batteries to the other side. I also often put a third or fourth lens into the pouch that come with the lenses, and put that into my rucksack. I have to carry a rucksack as well of course, because I need something to keep my wallet and other things in. The next step up of course is to use one of my much larger bags, but I had not yet bought something intermediate, for a day out when I want a good range of gear, but don’t want to carry one of my larger bags.</p>
<p>You might remember from <a href="../2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed">Episode 234</a> that I bumped into the kind people at Kata-Bags at the CP+ show in Yokohama, in March. When they showed me the 3N1-33 bag among some of their other new bags, I knew that I had just seen exactly the bag that I needed for my days out, when I don’t necessarily need to take the kitchen sink with me. This was because I could not only take four or five lenses, including the 70-200mm F2.8, which is a pretty hefty lens, but it has a compartment at the top for my personal effects so I no longer need to carry a separate bag for that. I also thought that the design was perfect for a bag of this size.</p>
<p><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-2135" title="DPS - Digital Photo Series Logo" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/DPS-Logo-white-web.jpg" alt="DPS - Digital Photo Series Logo" width="250" height="101" /></p>
<p>The 3N1-33 is part of Kata-Bag’s Digital Photo Series range of bags. You can wear it as a standard backpack, as well as a sling, or as a backpack, but with the straps crossed. It’s incredibly versatile. So, when the kind folks at Kata-Bags agreed to sponsor us for a month, and to send me a bag for review, I chose the 3N1-33 and have really enjoyed trying it out.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Below we have just a straight view of the 3N1-33 bag. It’s a nice compact bag, at 46cm or 18” high, 23.5cm or 9.3” deep, and 32cm or 12.6” wide.</p>
<div id="attachment_2132" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 559px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2132" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/01_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5557.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front" width="549" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front</p></div>
<p>You can also buy a 3N1 Tripod Holder System (below), which, as you might expect, adds a way to attach a small tripod to the front of the bag. I attached my pretty large Gitzo tripod to this, despite it being over the specified 2KG, and it was OK, but it did make the bag difficult to swing around as a sling. If I really wanted to take a tripod on day trips, with this bag, I’d probably pick up something a little smaller, and I’m sure it would be fine on the front of this bag.</p>
<div id="attachment_2133" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 559px"><a href="http://www.kata-bags.com/"><img class="size-full wp-image-2133" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Tripod Holder" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/02_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5556.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Tripod Holder" width="549" height="635" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Tripod Holder</p></div>
<p style="text-align: center;">
<p>If we turn the bag around, we can see that all of the straps tuck nicely into the protective foam back. This means you can stow away all the straps when traveling, say when you are getting onto an aircraft, and the band across the middle enables you to use the bag with the optional Kata Insertrolley, or you can drop the bag over the handle of a suitcase or other roller bag that you might be using for a business trip for example.</p>
<div id="attachment_2134" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 559px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2134" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Back" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/03_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5558.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Back" width="549" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Back</p></div>
<p>Let’s look at a few of the strap configurations as well, before we take a look inside the bag. First, here’s my favorite configuration, as a sling. You can take either shoulder strap, and attach it to the buckle on the large ring on the opposite side of the back, and then literally just sling it over your head and to have the strap run across your chest in a sling position.</p>
<div id="attachment_2146" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 559px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2146" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Sling Configuration" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/04_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5561.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Sling Configuration" width="549" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Sling Configuration</p></div>
<p>The great thing about this configuration is that when you pull the back around the front of your torso, you can open the side pocket and get at your camera instantly, without opening the front panel of the bag.</p>
<div id="attachment_2147" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2147" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/05_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5583-590x393.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket</p></div>
<p>Another thing that sold me on this bag is that once you have grabbed your camera from the bag in the quick-draw position via the side pocket, you can rest your elbows on the bag giving you a much more steady hand-held shooting position. I haven’t tested it yet, but I’m sure you can get a couple of stops of additional stabilization while shooting like this. It really does help to steady the camera when shooting hand-held.</p>
<div id="attachment_2148" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 455px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2148" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Quick Draw Shooting Position" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/06_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5611.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Quick Draw Shooting Position" width="445" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Quick Draw Shooting Position</p></div>
<p>You can also attach the shoulder strap to the waist belt, but I felt that this put a little extra stress on the bottom of the waist belt as the shoulder strap pulled it upwards. When you want to use the bag as a backpack, you simply pull out the other shoulder strap, and attach the straps to the buckle on the same side as both of the straps. There’s also a comfortable waist belt to help distribute the weight of the bag if you are going to be walking or carrying the bag for a while.</p>
<div id="attachment_2150" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 491px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2150" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Backpack Configuration" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/07_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5563.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Backpack Configuration" width="481" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Backpack Configuration</p></div>
<p>I didn’t shoot this configuration, but you can also attach the shoulder straps to the buckle on the opposite side, like when using the sling configuration, but you use both shoulder straps, forming a cross shape over your chest with the straps. Using the waist belt as well this is actually a very comfortable way to carry the bag, and prevents the straps from slipping off your shoulders as normal backpacks can do. If you undo the waist belt, or if you are just using the cross configuration, all you have to do to revert to the sling configuration is undo one of the shoulder straps. You can then swing the bag around to the front again, and access your camera via the side pocket.</p>
<p>Something else to note is that there is just a small piece of Velcro holding the flap on the front of the top lens compartment in place, which I have started to use for my 70-200mm F2.8 lens. As you can see here, it’s also very easy to get this long lens out of the bag from the side pocket as well.</p>
<div id="attachment_2151" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2151" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket Lens Access" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/08_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5587-590x393.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket Lens Access" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket Lens Access</p></div>
<p>If you want to of course, from the cross configuration, you could undo the other shoulder strap, and swing the bag around the other way, then access some of your lenses from the other side pocket.</p>
<div id="attachment_2152" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 476px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2152" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Laptop" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/09_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5567.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Laptop" width="466" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Laptop</p></div>
<p>For a bag of this size, I was really pleased to find, that I can fit my 16” wide screen Acer laptop in the laptop compartment in the back. The spec says that the 3N1-33 will fit up to a 15.4&#8243; laptop, so you probably can’t count on fitting anything larger, but I was happy to get mine in the back. It does make the bag much heavier though, and the sling configuration with just one strap became a little uncomfortable, so I switched to the backpack configuration while I was out with the laptop in the bag along with my camera and five lenses.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr style="text-align: center;">
<td>
<div id="attachment_2153" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 264px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2153" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Left Top Pocket" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/10L_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5579.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Left Top Pocket" width="254" height="381" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Left Top Pocket</p></div></td>
<td>
<p><div id="attachment_2154" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 264px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2154" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Right Top Pocket" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/10R_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5580.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Right Top Pocket" width="254" height="381" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Right Top Pocket</p></div></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><div id="attachment_2185" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 423px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2185 " title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Rain Cover" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/11_3n1-33_RC1-590x590.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Rain Cover" width="413" height="413" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Rain Cover</p></div>
<p>Finally, before we start to look inside the bag, note that there are two  nice sized side pockets at the top of each side, that are great for  fitting a memory card case and filters etc. The bag actually comes with a  small memory card case as well with a patch of Velcro on the back, so  you can stick it to any internal part of the bag. Actually, I should  mention that the bag also comes with a nice bright yellow rain-cover, so  if you should get caught in the rain, you won’t have to worry about  your gear getting wet.</p>
<p>As I said, one of the things that sold me on this bag is the fact that it has a compartment for your personal effects. When I don’t want to carry one of my larger bags, I pretty much always end up taking a separate bag for my bits and bobs, and usually end up dropping a lens or two in that. In fact, when I first met Bellina, the lady from Kata-Bags that I interviewed for Episode 234, she asked if I needed any help. When I said that I was just looking, she said that I looked as though I needed some help. This is because I had my Toploader bag with a couple of lens pouches attached, and then my usual backpack that I use to keep my knick-knacks in, and I guess I looked a little bit uncomfortable.</p>
<p>Well, as we can see, there’s a really nice compartment at the top of the 3N1-33 bag, with pockets for a cell phone, pens and other things like a small air blower etc. and you can also drop a GorillaPod in there and small umbrella etc. Of course, you could put a flash in here, and if I really wanted to, I can actually get the 300mm F2.8 lens in this top compartment, but it makes the total bag weight so heavy that it’s difficult to use as a sling. If I really needed to carry that much, gear I’d reach for a larger bag.</p>
<div id="attachment_2160" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 478px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2160" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Top Compartment" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/12_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5577.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Top Compartment" width="468" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Top Compartment</p></div>
<p>The separator between the main camera compartment and the top compartment is actually removable, so if you really needed to, you could take the separators out and use the bag for something other than a camera bag.</p>
<p>Let’s finally now take a look at the main compartment. To get into this, you have to undo two small plastic buckles on the front bottom left and right of the bag, and then the zip is the same one that you use to open the side pockets – you just keep going. You can see here how the camera fits in from the side, and if you remove the separator at the end, and putt the camera in the bag with the 70-200mm F2.8 lens fitted.</p>
<div id="attachment_2161" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 542px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2161" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/13_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5597.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap" width="532" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap</p></div>
<p>Speaking of which, there is a little butterfly shaped piece of Velcro that holds the front flap to the separator below, but if you pull on that, you can also get into the higher compartment that I am using to keep the 70-200mm F2.8 lens in.</p>
<div id="attachment_2162" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 509px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2162" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap Wider" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/14_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5599.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap Wider" width="499" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap Wider</p></div>
<p>The bag comes with plenty of separators. I’m only using around half of what it comes with here, so if you want to create lots of small compartments, you can. Also, notice that the interior is bright yellow. This might not be to everybody’s taste, but it sure makes it easy to see your gear inside, which I imagine will be especially useful when shooting on a dull day or on a pre-dawn or post sunset shoot.</p>
<p>Also, the bag is deep enough that if you have a number of short lenses, like a 50mm, you can actually stack them together, as I have done here, with the 50mm on top, and the Lensbaby Composer beneath. You can also fit a 1.4X and a 2.0X Extender in one compartment too.</p>
<div id="attachment_2164" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 468px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2164" title="Kata-Bag_3N1-33 Two Short Lenses" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/16_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5601.jpg" alt="Kata-Bag_3N1-33 Two Short Lenses" width="458" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kata-Bag_3N1-33 Two Short Lenses</p></div>
<p>I heard that Kata-Bags are introducing three new ranges of bags in 2010. The Ultra-Light Pro Bag Collection, which are pro-grade yet made from incredibly light materials. There’s the Pro-Light Bag Collection, which although light, offers the pro a little more space and configurability, and then there’s the D-light Bag Collection. The D-Light collection offers the hobbyist and enthusiast photographer the perfect lightweight and protective camera bag, again, designed for camera gear as well as everyday personal effects.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.kata-bags.com/kata.asp?Version=Photo"><img class="alignright size-full wp-image-2167" title="Kata Bag Chooser" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/Kata_bhbc170_80.jpg" alt="Kata Bag Chooser" width="170" height="80" /></a>Kata have a great <a href="http://www.kata-bags.com/kata.asp?Version=Photo">Bag Chooser</a> search system on their Web site, to help you drill down to the bag that is right for you, based on the gear that you want to carry, and it even allows you to list bags based on your specific laptop make and model.</p>
<p>I found the Kata 3N1-33 bag to be well designed, and very easy to use. Everything just seems to be there, right where you expect it to be, right when you need it. For a company that hasn’t been around that long in the grand scheme of things, I am very impressed with their products and strategy to produce lightweight yet protective photo and video bags. I&#8217;ll certainly be considering buying Kata Bags again in the future, and look forward to seeing how Kata continue to innovate in this now very competitive market space.</p>
<p>I&#8217;d like to thank Kata-Bags for providing me with this fine bag to take through its paces. I hope that you enjoyed reading or listening to how I’m finding the 3N1-33 bag, and I hope that it will be useful the next time you are in the market for a new camera bag.</p>
<p>During the month of June, while Kata are sponsoring the Martin Bailey Photography Podcast, I&#8217;m doing a Twitter giveaway, in which you could be the lucky winner and take away your own 3N1-33 Sling Backpack Photo Bag. All you have to do is make sure you are following me on Twitter, and tweet a message that I have posted on the blog. Full details are here: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbpga2">http://bit.ly/mbpga2</a><strong> </strong></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Kata-Bags online: <a href="http://kata-bags.com/">http://kata-bags.com/</a></p>
<p>3N1-33 Page: <a href="http://kata-bags.com/product.asp?p_Id=19773">http://kata-bags.com/product.asp?p_Id=19773</a></p>
<p>Music: Studies In Ether, by Andrew Aversa – Recording Licensed from the UniqueTracks Production Music Library Inc.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep245.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/kata_bhbc170_80/' title='Kata Bag Chooser'><img width="150" height="80" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/Kata_bhbc170_80-150x80.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata Bag Chooser" title="Kata Bag Chooser" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/logotagline-black/' title='Kata-Bags'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/LogoTagline-Black-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bags" title="Kata-Bags" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/dps-logo-white-web/' title='DPS - Digital Photo Series Logo'><img width="150" height="101" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/DPS-Logo-white-web-150x101.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="DPS - Digital Photo Series Logo" title="DPS - Digital Photo Series Logo" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/01_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5557/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/01_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5557-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/02_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5556/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Tripod Holder'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/02_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5556-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Tripod Holder" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Tripod Holder" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/03_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5558/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Back'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/03_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5558-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Back" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Back" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/04_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5561/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Sling Configuration'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/04_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5561-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Sling Configuration" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Sling Configuration" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/05_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5583/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/05_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5583-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/06_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5611/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Quick Draw Shooting Position'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/06_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5611-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Quick Draw Shooting Position" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Quick Draw Shooting Position" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/08_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5587/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket Lens Access'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/08_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5587-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket Lens Access" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Side Pocket Lens Access" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/07_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5563/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Backpack Configuration'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/07_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5563-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Backpack Configuration" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Backpack Configuration" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/09_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5567/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Laptop'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/09_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5567-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Laptop" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Laptop" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/10l_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5579/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Left Top Pocket'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/10L_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5579-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Left Top Pocket" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Left Top Pocket" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/10r_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5580/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Right Top Pocket'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/10R_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5580-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Right Top Pocket" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Right Top Pocket" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/11_3n1-33_rc-2/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Rain Cover'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/11_3n1-33_RC1-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Rain Cover" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Rain Cover" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/12_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5577/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Top Compartment'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/12_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5577-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Top Compartment" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Top Compartment" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/13_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5597/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/13_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5597-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/14_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5599/' title='Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap Wider'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/14_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5599-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap Wider" title="Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front Flap Wider" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/16_mbp_kata-bag_3n1-33_20100530_5601/' title='Kata-Bag_3N1-33 Two Short Lenses'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/16_MBP_Kata-Bag_3N1-33_20100530_5601-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kata-Bag_3N1-33 Two Short Lenses" title="Kata-Bag_3N1-33 Two Short Lenses" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/31/podcast-245-kata-bag-3n1-33-sling-backpack-review/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep245.mp3" length="21738666" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Kata-Bags sent me a 3N1-33 Sling Backpack to try a few weeks ago, and after using it a number of times now, I’m very pleased with it, and have been looking forward to sharing some details with you today.
(By the way, if you’d prefer to listen, there’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.)
Like many photographers, I have a bit of a bag fetish. There will never be one single bag for every need, unless your needs are pretty limited of course. For many years I have been a Lowepro proponent, and I still own and use about six Lowepro bags, if you include two Toploader bags that I use when I only want to carry a camera body with one lens attached. The problem is that I rarely go anywhere with a camera and just one lens, so I generally attach a lens case to one side of the Toploader, and then I attach a pouch with my air blower and spare batteries to the other side. I also often put a third or fourth lens into the pouch that come with the lenses, and put that into my rucksack. I have to carry a rucksack as well of course, because I need something to keep my wallet and other things in. The next step up of course is to use one of my much larger bags, but I had not yet bought something intermediate, for a day out when I want a good range of gear, but don’t want to carry one of my larger bags.
You might remember from Episode 234 that I bumped into the kind people at Kata-Bags at the CP+ show in Yokohama, in March. When they showed me the 3N1-33 bag among some of their other new bags, I knew that I had just seen exactly the bag that I needed for my days out, when I don’t necessarily need to take the kitchen sink with me. This was because I could not only take four or five lenses, including the 70-200mm F2.8, which is a pretty hefty lens, but it has a compartment at the top for my personal effects so I no longer need to carry a separate bag for that. I also thought that the design was perfect for a bag of this size.

The 3N1-33 is part of Kata-Bag’s Digital Photo Series range of bags. You can wear it as a standard backpack, as well as a sling, or as a backpack, but with the straps crossed. It’s incredibly versatile. So, when the kind folks at Kata-Bags agreed to sponsor us for a month, and to send me a bag for review, I chose the 3N1-33 and have really enjoyed trying it out.
Below we have just a straight view of the 3N1-33 bag. It’s a nice compact bag, at 46cm or 18” high, 23.5cm or 9.3” deep, and 32cm or 12.6” wide.
Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Front
You can also buy a 3N1 Tripod Holder System (below), which, as you might expect, adds a way to attach a small tripod to the front of the bag. I attached my pretty large Gitzo tripod to this, despite it being over the specified 2KG, and it was OK, but it did make the bag difficult to swing around as a sling. If I really wanted to take a tripod on day trips, with this bag, I’d probably pick up something a little smaller, and I’m sure it would be fine on the front of this bag.
Kata-Bag 3N1-33 with Tripod Holder

If we turn the bag around, we can see that all of the straps tuck nicely into the protective foam back. This means you can stow away all the straps when traveling, say when you are getting onto an aircraft, and the band across the middle enables you to use the bag with the optional Kata Insertrolley, or you can drop the bag over the handle of a suitcase or other roller bag that you might be using for a business trip for example.
Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Back
Let’s look at a few of the strap configurations as well, before we take a look inside the bag. First, here’s my favorite configuration, as a sling. You can take either shoulder strap, and attach it to the buckle on the large ring on the opposite side of the back, and then literally just sling it over your head and to have the strap run across your chest in a sling position.
Kata-Bag 3N1-33 Sling Configuration
The great thing about this configuration is that when you pull the back around the front of your torso, [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Kata-Bags sent me a 3N1-33 Sling Backpack to try a few weeks ago, and after using it a number of times now, I’m very pleased with it, and have been looking forward to sharing some details with you today. (By the way, if you’d prefer to listen, [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 244: Creation Breeds Creativity</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2010 13:41:54 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Art Talk" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Musings" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="break out" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="creation" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="creativity" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="rut" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="slump" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="yips" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=2088</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As a photographer, have you ever found yourself not being able to turn on the creative juices when you need to? Do you sometimes feel stifled and not able to come up with new ideas? Call it a slump or a rut; call it creator’s block; call it the photographer’s yips even, but the fact [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As a photographer, have you ever found yourself not being able to turn on the creative juices when you need to? Do you sometimes feel stifled and not able to come up with new ideas? Call it a slump or a rut; call it creator’s block; call it the photographer’s <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yips">yips</a> even, but the fact is that sometimes, even as creative people, we can find it hard to be creative.</p>
<p>(If you prefer to listen, there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.)</p>
<p>I personally don’t think I’m a highly creative person when it comes to just coming up with ideas without any kind of catalyst. I have to seed ideas and build on them. I am constantly amazed at people like Dan Newcomb, who’s won many of our previous photography assignments, because he visualizes such amazing images in his head, before he even starts to work on the execution. Granted, he often evolves and develops the idea as he goes along, but still, I’m always impressed with his ability to come up an idea from scratch.</p>
<p>I’m more of a sink or swim type, in that I have to jump into the situation, before my creative juices start flowing. Recently though, even having put myself in a position where I would usually make some nice photographs, I kind of came up against a brick wall in my creativity, and it took a little bit of extra effort to break down the wall. Today I thought I’d share that experience with you, in the hope that you might glean some ideas on how to break out of a creative rut yourself, if you ever find yourself in one.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Flowerscape Photography Assignment</span></strong></p>
<p>I set the Photography Assignment theme for May 2010 as Flowerscapes. <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=flowerscape">Flowerscape</a> is a word that I believe I coined a while back to describe flower photos where there are lots of flowers in the shot, but not necessarily a macro photograph or a portrait of a flower etc. It’s more like a segment of landscape heavily covered with flowers. I chose this theme for the May assignment because the northern hemisphere is coming into a season where flowers are pretty abundant, and the southern hemisphere would hopefully still have some autumnal blooms available before they dive into their winter. The second reason was because I wanted to push the envelope a little for participants of the assignment, but I never dreamt that it would end up pushing my envelope too.</p>
<div id="attachment_2121" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2121" title="Poppy Heaven" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20080427_8576-590x393.jpg" alt="Poppy Heaven" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Poppy Heaven</p></div>
<p>I first decided to head over to the Jindai Botanical Park and Gardens, about an hour from my Tokyo apartment, on the 8<sup>th</sup> of May, 2010. I was actually not expecting to find anything that would make a good Flowerscape image here, but my wife had not been out into a park for a while, and I figured it would be a good way to keep my photography gears greased. Although I never feel as though I’m losing my touch, I do start to feel distanced from photography if I’m not doing do it regularly. Since returning from the February workshops, which is a veritable feast of photography, I&#8217;ve been shooting roughly once every other week, which isn&#8217;t as regularly as I like it to be, and to really keep me on top of my game.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">You Have to Continuously Improve</span></strong></p>
<p>It was a pleasant day, nice and warm, and I shot some nice images, but I felt as though I came away with nothing that improved on my previous work, so felt a little disappointed, as that hasn’t happened for a while. As I write this, two weeks after this first outing, I still haven’t gone through my images to make a final selection to upload to my Web site, so you can tell I’m not overly excited about the results.</p>
<p>The following week, I decided to head out to Shouwa Memorial Park, where I know they have fields of Corn Poppies in bloom at this time of year. I was going to shoot for my own image to enter for the Flowerscapes assignment, but I’d have gone anyway of course, as I love shooting this sort of image.</p>
<p>Usually when I can make time to get out, just the act of composing my shots and releasing the shutter makes me happy. When I got to the location on this occasion though, I was surprised to feel a little deflated, and non-creative. I figured that it was maybe residue from the somewhat uncreative park visit the week before, or maybe I was just really tired from a hard week. I have to admit though, that I don’t always feel like a fountain of creativity as I approach a location. Although I’m always happy to be photographing, sometimes, I can stand in front of the subject and initially not really be able to see any shots, until I raise the camera to my eye, it then all starts to flow.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Feeling Disengaged &amp; Uncreative?</span></strong></p>
<p>On this day though, I was doing it, but I didn’t feel totally engaged. Firstly, there was something that I hadn’t planned on. In with the beautiful red, pink and white poppies, there were a significant number of dead flower heads. It seemed like pretty much every segment of flowers that I lined up for a shot had a dead-head or two, right where I didn’t need them. I usually shoot my Flowerscapes across the scene with a long lens, to accentuate the shallow depth-of-field, and so reaching in and removing the dead-heads is usually not an option. I’m fine with dealing with situations, and believe that my flexibility and ability to think my way out of a scrape is one of my strengths, but on this day, it really just wasn’t coming together.</p>
<p>I stuck with it, and came away with a few nice shots that I like, but little that improves on images I’ve already captured in the past. I started to feel a little disheartened. Standing there on the side of a hill, I was looking out across a mass of beautiful Corn Poppies, and for the first time ever, I recall feeling as though maybe I’d exhausted my Flowerscapes theme. This was actually a devastating feeling for me, as I love shooting them, but it was real. It almost felt as though a pet had died or something.</p>
<div id="attachment_2096" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2096" title="Corn Poppy Flowerscape" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100515_4729-590x393.jpg" alt="Corn Poppy Flowerscape" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Corn Poppy Flowerscape</p></div>
<p>Flowerscapes are not as easy as they might seem. I often find that I only have to move the camera a centimeter or so in any direction, and the bokeh just doesn’t work, something that I don’t like creeps into the edges of the frame. Because of this, the dead-heads caused a lot of problems, because there’s often only one angle from which the optimum Flowerscape can be shot. Once framed up, I spent time waiting, for example, until the wind blew a foreground poppy into a position where it covered up the offending dead flower head. Frustrated, I even left the odd dead-head in, kidding myself that they might add to the image in some way, but this never works. I almost always throw the image out in the end.</p>
<p>When got home, I was disappointed as I started looking through my images. It’s been a while since this has happened, but apart from a couple of OK shots, I really didn’t have a lot to show for my day out. I was expecting to come back with a few classics, that would make my 2010 top 10, or close to it, but this had been my second week in a row now that I had not knocked it out of the ball park, and I really started to feel as though I was in a creative rut.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">The Importance of Shooting Regularly</span></strong></p>
<p>I started to think about what I could do to get rid of the yips, and I recalled a conversation with David Lee, an excellent photographer and friend of mine that many of you will know from the MBP community. David did a <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/davejp/sets/72157612095217264/" target="_blank">photo-a-day</a> project in 2009, and one day when we were out shooting together, he’d mentioned how much more creative and in-tune with his photography he felt from doing the project.</p>
<p>I recalled that when I am not shooting as often as I’d like, I sometimes walk away from a scene or subject without shooting something that should have been so obvious. I might overlook a good angle, say for example if I lie down on the floor or walk around the back of something. Usually I realize what I could have done as I walk away, and am able to go back and shoot the additional images, but I still kick myself for not thinking of the extra things that I should do automatically. It stops being second nature, until I am shooting regularly again. I remember feeling envious of Dave, being so in tune with his photography towards the end of 2009, and <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/davejp/sets/72157612095217264/" target="_blank">his images</a> proved this.</p>
<p>With everything that I’m into, there’s no way I could do a photo-a-day project like David, but I kept coming back to the thought that to maintain my creativity, I need to continue to create, even if I’m not making top ten images every week.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Just Photograph!</span></strong></p>
<p>I heard on the weather forecast last Thursday that there was a possibility of morning mist in Tokyo on the morning of Friday the 21<sup>st</sup>. I’d had a tiring week, and had to go to the office on Friday too, but I’ve been haunted by images of the city enshrouded in mist, that I saw on the TV recently. There have been a number of very warm days following very cold rainy days, which are perfect conditions for thick morning mist, and although I love natural subjects, I really want to photograph the city with the skyscrapers jutting out of the mist. It looks simply amazing.</p>
<p>Determined to try to photograph more, even if it&#8217;s not the natural subjects I love, I packed a camera bag, and left it at the foot of the bed, just in case. My plan was to leave early, if I woke up early. Not being one for sitting around doing nothing once I get an idea in my head, I slept for a total of three hours. By 3:30AM my eyes were wide open, and I couldn’t get back to sleep. I tried for an hour, but it was useless, so I got up and headed out by 5AM, getting on the first train to the office. It was obvious by the time I got closer to work that there was going to be no mist, but I was determined that I was just going to shoot something anyway.</p>
<p>I walked down to the Emperor’s Palace grounds, and photographed some buildings in the early morning light on the way. When I got into the Palace grounds, I shot a few more images, and had a nice chat with a policeman guarding a bridge over the moat that the public aren’t allowed to cross. He even brought some historical photos out from his police box to show me, and I felt happy, on this warm early summer morning, and a little sad that this is such a far cry from the stories I hear of photographers being unduly detained by police in the UK and US in recent years.</p>
<p>Was I making any great photographs? Not by any stretch of the imagination. I got a postcard image (below) of part of the castle in the grounds of the Palace, but it was more important for me at this point to just be doing photography. It felt great!</p>
<div id="attachment_2095" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2095" title="Fushimi Turret and Spectacles Bridge" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Koukyo_20100521_4892-590x391.jpg" alt="Fushimi Turret and Spectacles Bridge" width="590" height="391" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Fushimi Turret and Spectacles Bridge</p></div>
<p>Having had just three hours sleep though, I was worn out by early afternoon, like I usually am when I leave home before dawn or drive through the night for a sunrise shoot, but I was happy, because I&#8217;d been making images.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">&#8220;The Moon&#8221; Video – Opportunity Seized</span></strong></p>
<p>Just before 9PM on the same day, my wife reminded me that we had to take the garbage out, and I reluctantly gathered enough energy to go down and sling a few bags of rubbish into the designated cages that keep the crows from ransacking it all. Then I looked up, and saw one of the crispest clearest moons than I’ve seen in a month or two, and I recalled that I have wanted to video the moon for a while, and wanted a half moon, as it was on this night. A half moon accentuates the craters near the center, because the angle of the sun is much more acute in comparison to a full moon.</p>
<p>Much to the amazement of my wife, bearing my current state of fatigue in mind, I grabbed my 600mm lens and a couple of extenders, along with the Canon EOS 1D Mark IV camera, and went out onto our balcony to video the moon. I was out there for probably about 40 minutes or so, and gradually added the 1.4X extender, then the 2.0X extender, then I stacked the both, checking with each addition that I could still get sharp enough video, and I ended up shooting a video where the moon starts out of frame in the top left, and then traverses the frame leaving from the bottom right. I added the music &#8220;Moonlight Sonata&#8221; from Beethoven, and some titles and credits and released the <a href="http://bit.ly/belvKD">video here</a> if you want to take a look. It’s actually surprisingly good for such a simple concept, though I say it myself. I have no doubt though that despite my fatigue, I was being creative, because I&#8217;d started to create more than usual, and it was starting to snowball.</p>
<div id="attachment_2090" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><a href="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/23/the-moon-video/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed"><img class="size-medium wp-image-2090 " title="The Moon" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_The_Moon_20100521_4188-590x455.jpg" alt="The Moon" width="590" height="455" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">The Moon</p></div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">A Mission</span></strong></p>
<p>I’d been racking my brains trying to figure out where else I could go on Saturday to shoot Flowerscapes at this time of year, when I realized where I had to go. I was still mindful of my disappointment from the previous weekend, and I <em>needed</em> to go back to the Shouwa Memorial Park and face my temporary demons as it were. The poppies would still be there a week after my first visit, but I had to see if I could make something of another visit, and a now better, more creative frame of mind. I was starting to feel as though I was now on a mission.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Try Again!</span></strong></p>
<p>The roads were clear and I arrived in an hour flat. It usually takes me about 90 minutes to get out here with traffic, so I started to feel as though I really was on a roll, until that is, I got my first glimpse of the poppies. I don’t know if it was vandalism or if it was the high winds and rain we’d had in the week, but the first field was a mess. The poppies had been grouped together, as if they’d almost been tied up that way by humans. Some were laid down flat, as if trampled on by a bunch of rowdy teenagers that might have snuck in during the night.</p>
<p>Feeling a little deflated, I recalled another field that I’d seen from the top of the hill that I concentrated on the previous week. I left my camera in the bag, and walked around the track to the base of the other field. I purposely didn’t walk up through the poppies on the first hill, as I would have almost certainly reached for my camera and started to waste time trying to salvage something of the situation. I needed to stay focused. Like I said, I was on a mission!</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">The Scene Was Set</span></strong></p>
<div id="attachment_2099" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 354px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2099   " title="The Happiest Tree" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_4959.jpg" alt="Happy Tree" width="344" height="515" /><p class="wp-caption-text">The Happiest Tree</p></div>
<p>As I rounded the trees that prevented me from seeing the second slope as I walked to it, I was presented by an almost pristine field of Corn Poppies. There were dead-heads, but not as many as the other hill on the previous week. Trying not to get too excited, I made my way around to the furthest point from which I could still see the poppies, so that I’d have seen everything the fields had to offer, and then I reached for my gear. I’m not going to go into detail on the actual shoot, but I had an amazing afternoon. My creativity was flowing like wine, as I spent about three and a half hours composing various Flowerscape images, as well as a little macro work, all based around this one field of Corn Poppies (right).</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Don&#8217;t Just Wait for Your Creative Muse</span></strong></p>
<p>I&#8217;m not one for sitting around, waiting for creativity to strike. I go to great lengths for my photography. But having had this burst of creativity following a minor slump recently, this general theory really took shape for me.</p>
<p>My proposition to you is that if you are feeling stuck and uncreative, and feel as though your photography isn&#8217;t progressing, don&#8217;t just mope around wondering when your creative muse is going to come and grab you by the hand and guide you back into the field or studio. Rather you should pick up the camera and start making pictures regularly, even if you can’t think of anything to shoot at first. It took me years of shooting stuff I was only half interested in before I started to really find what I wanted to shoot and develop a style.</p>
<p>This might be obvious, and if it is, good for you, but also consider stirring things up a little, to help take your photography to the next level. If you always shoot from eye level, kneel or lie down on the ground, and see how different the world looks. Stick your camera on the end of your tripod and hold it up in the air and release the shutter with a self timer or cable release. Find a tall building to shoot from, or go out in the rain. The more you push yourself when you have the luxury to play, the easier it becomes to come up with innovative ideas when you are under a little more pressure to be creative, whether that pressure comes from your own goals or external requirements, say to complete a photography assignment for a client.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Overcome Obstacles with your Technique Toolbox</span></strong></p>
<div id="attachment_2092" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 368px"><img class="size-full wp-image-2092 " title="Poppy Snuggle" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5111.jpg" alt="Poppy Snuggle" width="358" height="508" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Poppy Snuggle</p></div>
<p>When I was shooting the poppies on Saturday, at one point, I found myself at the edge of the field looking at two deep red and one white poppy with a dark background, and as I set up my 300mm F2.8 lens, I found that the composition required to get the poppies the size I wanted them in the frame, brought me closer to the flowers than the closest focus distance of the lens would allow me to shoot. Can you think of something to do to overcome this? Fitting a 1.4X extender and moving back is an option, but I was shooting from a path, and couldn&#8217;t move back that far. Even if I could, I would have been inviting people to walk between me and the subject, which makes them uncomfortable, and my shooting harder work.</p>
<p>The thing that jumped to mind was fitting a 25mm Extension Tube between the camera and the lens. This shortens the minimum focusing distance, and enabled me to get the shot to the right. I know this is an option because I continuously work at my shooting processes, and my art. This sort of thing is usually second nature to me. Am I confident that I&#8217;d have thought of this on the previous weekend? Maybe not. But this week I was in the zone, and everything was coming very easily.</p>
<p>I still need to make my final selections, and I should probably wait a few more days to cool down after the shoot before saying stuff like this, but I believe I may have created a few of my best Flowerscape images ever last weekend, and that, followed a weekend where I almost gave up shooting them all together! I’m convinced that it was partly because I worked at my photography a little harder last week, and pushed the boundaries a little further, to get out of the little slump that I&#8217;d somehow plunged into. This and the creativity I summoned up for the moon video have really driven home the idea that the more we <em>create</em> the more <em>creative</em> we become. Creation breeds creativity.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>The Moon video: <a href="http://bit.ly/belvKD">http://bit.ly/belvKD</a></p>
<p>X-Rite Coloratti Announcement: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbpxrc">http://bit.ly/mbpxrc</a></p>
<p>Here&#8217;s David Lee&#8217;s 365 day project Flickr set: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/davejp/sets/72157612095217264/">http://www.flickr.com/photos/davejp/sets/72157612095217264/</a></p>
<p>Music: Mvt 1, Piano Sonata 14 (Moonlight Sonata)<br />
Composed by Ludwig van Beethoven<br />
Publisher: Public Domain<br />
Recording Licensed from the UniqueTracks Production Music Library Inc.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep244.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/poppy-heaven/' title='Poppy Heaven'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20080427_8576-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Poppy Heaven" title="Poppy Heaven" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/corn-poppy-flowerscape/' title='Corn Poppy Flowerscape'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100515_4729-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Corn Poppy Flowerscape" title="Corn Poppy Flowerscape" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/fushimi-turret-and-spectacles-bridge/' title='Fushimi Turret and Spectacles Bridge'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Koukyo_20100521_4892-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Fushimi Turret and Spectacles Bridge" title="Fushimi Turret and Spectacles Bridge" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/the-moon/' title='The Moon'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_The_Moon_20100521_4188-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="The Moon" title="The Moon" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/happy-tree/' title='Happy Tree'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_4959-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Happy Tree" title="Happy Tree" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/poppy-snuggle/' title='Poppy Snuggle'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100522_5111-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Poppy Snuggle" title="Poppy Snuggle" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/25/podcast-244-creation-breeds-creativity/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep244.mp3" length="27644232" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>As a photographer, have you ever found yourself not being able to turn on the creative juices when you need to? Do you sometimes feel stifled and not able to come up with new ideas? Call it a slump or a rut; call it creator’s block; call it the photographer’s yips even, but the fact is that sometimes, even as creative people, we can find it hard to be creative.
(If you prefer to listen, there’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.)
I personally don’t think I’m a highly creative person when it comes to just coming up with ideas without any kind of catalyst. I have to seed ideas and build on them. I am constantly amazed at people like Dan Newcomb, who’s won many of our previous photography assignments, because he visualizes such amazing images in his head, before he even starts to work on the execution. Granted, he often evolves and develops the idea as he goes along, but still, I’m always impressed with his ability to come up an idea from scratch.
I’m more of a sink or swim type, in that I have to jump into the situation, before my creative juices start flowing. Recently though, even having put myself in a position where I would usually make some nice photographs, I kind of came up against a brick wall in my creativity, and it took a little bit of extra effort to break down the wall. Today I thought I’d share that experience with you, in the hope that you might glean some ideas on how to break out of a creative rut yourself, if you ever find yourself in one.
Flowerscape Photography Assignment
I set the Photography Assignment theme for May 2010 as Flowerscapes. Flowerscape is a word that I believe I coined a while back to describe flower photos where there are lots of flowers in the shot, but not necessarily a macro photograph or a portrait of a flower etc. It’s more like a segment of landscape heavily covered with flowers. I chose this theme for the May assignment because the northern hemisphere is coming into a season where flowers are pretty abundant, and the southern hemisphere would hopefully still have some autumnal blooms available before they dive into their winter. The second reason was because I wanted to push the envelope a little for participants of the assignment, but I never dreamt that it would end up pushing my envelope too.
Poppy Heaven
I first decided to head over to the Jindai Botanical Park and Gardens, about an hour from my Tokyo apartment, on the 8th of May, 2010. I was actually not expecting to find anything that would make a good Flowerscape image here, but my wife had not been out into a park for a while, and I figured it would be a good way to keep my photography gears greased. Although I never feel as though I’m losing my touch, I do start to feel distanced from photography if I’m not doing do it regularly. Since returning from the February workshops, which is a veritable feast of photography, I’ve been shooting roughly once every other week, which isn’t as regularly as I like it to be, and to really keep me on top of my game.
You Have to Continuously Improve
It was a pleasant day, nice and warm, and I shot some nice images, but I felt as though I came away with nothing that improved on my previous work, so felt a little disappointed, as that hasn’t happened for a while. As I write this, two weeks after this first outing, I still haven’t gone through my images to make a final selection to upload to my Web site, so you can tell I’m not overly excited about the results.
The following week, I decided to head out to Shouwa Memorial Park, where I know they have fields of Corn Poppies in bloom at this time of year. I was going to shoot for my own image to enter for the Flowerscapes assignment, but I’d have gone anyway of course, as I love shooting this sort of image.
Usually when I can make time to get out, just the act of composing my shots and releasing the shutter makes me happy. When I got to the location on this occasion though, I was surprised to feel a [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>As a photographer, have you ever found yourself not being able to turn on the creative juices when you need to? Do you sometimes feel stifled and not able to come up with new ideas? Call it a slump or a rut; call it creator’s block; call it the [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 241: Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop 2010 #2</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 May 2010 11:26:13 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Announcement" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Workshops" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="hokkaido" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="landscape" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="long exposure" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="winter" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="workshop" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="X-Rite" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1916</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Following on from Episode 237, this week we look at some images from the Landscape leg of the 2010 Hokkaido Workshop. We also hear participants comments from the entire Hokkaido Tour (only in the audio available in iTunes or at the bottom of this post). Before we look at these images, do note that we [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Following on from Episode 237, this week we look at some images from the Landscape leg of the 2010 Hokkaido Workshop. We also hear participants comments from the entire Hokkaido Tour (only in the audio available in <a href="http://phobos.apple.com/WebObjects/MZStore.woa/wa/viewPodcast?id=79677184" target="_blank">iTunes</a> or at the bottom of this post).</p>
<p>Before we look at these images, do note that we will not be visiting these locations on the 2011 workshops. I&#8217;ve changed the itinerary based on participant&#8217;s feedback. Basically it takes a long time to get over to the middle of the island, and with the bad weather we had this year, it took even longer, and some of the 2010 participants didn&#8217;t feel that it was worth the time to get over to central Hokkaido for these scenes. I have added some new locations for 2011 that offer similar opportunities, but we will generally be spending more time in each of the locations that we looked at in <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp237" target="_blank">Episode 237</a>, and I&#8217;m also working more structured lectures and training into the 2011 schedule too.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.xritephoto.com/" target="_blank"><img class="alignright" title="X-Rite" src="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/images/xrite155px.png" alt="X-Rite" width="155" height="46" /></a>I&#8217;m very pleased to be able to announce that I have teamed up with the kind folks at X-Rite, the makers of the ColorMunki and ColorChecker Passport, and will be integrating hands-on sessions on color calibration in the digital workflow.</p>
<p>Anyway, let&#8217;s look at some photos from the second leg of the 2010 tour. Having made our way from the Shiretoko Peninsula to central Hokkaido, and the Daisetsuzan Mountain range, we would spend the night of the 7th of February at a hotel close to the cable-car station, from where we could take a cable-car that would take us close to the top of Mount Asahi the following day, weather permitting. The plan for this first afternoon was to to shoot around the cable-car station, and I had walked up the ski slope with one of the participants, as he picked my brain on my thoughts about subject and composition. I honed in on the pair of trees that we can see in image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2497">2497</a>.</p>
<div id="attachment_1927" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 434px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1927" title="Black and White Trees" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100207_7231.jpg" alt="Black and White Trees" width="424" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Black and White Trees</p></div>
<p>These trees attracted my attention because one was almost black, and the other almost white. When you see something like this in nature it&#8217;s often a good idea to try and capitalize on the situation in some way. I started with a wider lens, but switched to the 70-200mm F2.8 lens and walked back a fair distance, so that I could use the stacking effect of the lens to make the two trees appear to be almost on top of each other, although they were already very close. This perspective would also enable me to line up the top of the trees almost with the top of the trees in the distance, and a wide aperture of F3.2 and long focal length would also enable me to throw the background out of focus, even from a distance, to create some separation between the main subjects and the background. I also ensured that the two small trees in the mid-ground to the right were not overlapping the right side of the white tree. I really wanted a little separation there, or they would have acted as a conduit between the foreground trees and the background.</p>
<p>The following day, we got to the station to board the first cable car up the mountain, and I was happy to see just the occasional, although very small, patch of blue, through the clouds that were moving pretty fast across the generally overcast sky. It was snowing, but I figured it would be worth going to the top, in the hope that we&#8217;d catch one of these small patches of blue. I&#8217;m not always one for having blue skies in my shots. In fact, I usually avoid blue skies altogether. But when you are talking about the top of the tallest peak in Hokkaido at 2,291m or 7,516ft, being cloudy means almost zero visibility and danger too, if you wander too far from the cable-car station. We needed it to clear to give us a chance of photographing anything worth photographing.</p>
<p>We&#8217;d been walking around the outside of the station, trying to get to a vantage point that would be worth shooting from if it cleared, and then we wandered up the start of the ski-slope to about as far as we could go without skis or snow-shoes. As we got there, the cloud started to thin, and we started to be able to see the ghostly white outline of the peak of Mount Asahi in the distance. We set up our tripods, and shot what we could, with a histogram that was like a small spike on right side, indicating that we were shooting very slightly different shades of almost pure white. I assured the group that we&#8217;d be able to salvage something from the shots with tone-curves and levels etc. and we continued to shoot for a while, and then, as if someone started to slowly open the curtains, the sky cleared from the left, as we can see in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2501">2501</a>.</p>
<div id="attachment_1926" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1926" title="Incredible Mount Asahi" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_7271-590x393.jpg" alt="Incredible Mount Asahi" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Incredible Mount Asahi</p></div>
<p>It was a beautiful sight. You can see in this image that it was still snowing. We all had a frantic few minutes of photography making the most of this amazing clear spell. Australian skiers stopped beside us looking in wonder at the top of Mount Asahi. One told us that they&#8217;d been skiing here for five days now, and this was the first time they&#8217;d seen the summit. We were most certainly being granted a rare look at the face of our mountain host. It didn&#8217;t last long. I felt sorry for an elderly Japanese gentlemen, that walked up and dropped his tripod down beside us as the cloud cover thickened again, hiding the summit once more. Luckily though, as we made our way back down on the cable car, it did clear again, and I&#8217;m sure he got himself a few beautiful shots as well.</p>
<p>They don&#8217;t heat the cable car too much, so there&#8217;s no concern about condensation on the way down. Because of this, I usually keep a camera out of my bag, with a 70-200mm F2.8 lens attached, as there are often opportunities to shoot from the cable car, such as my shot of a skier through the trees, in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2502">2502</a>. The skier here helps to give us some scale in the scene, and I like this image more because it tells us how beautiful this location is to ski in, as well as a location for the occasional group of crazy, yet very lucky photographers.</p>
<div id="attachment_1925" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 434px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1925" title="Skiing the Winter Wonderland" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2806.jpg" alt="Skiing the Winter Wonderland" width="424" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Skiing the Winter Wonderland</p></div>
<p>On the way down the mountain we stopped at a spot that we&#8217;d also visited in 2009, to shoot the pillows of snow in one of the rivers that flows down from the mountains, as we can see in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2504">2504</a>. This is the landscape or horizontal orientation version of two images that I uploaded. I like both of them, selected this one to look at today, as it enables us to see more detail in the water and the texture of the snow. This was shot with the 70-200 at 200mm, with ISO 100 and an aperture of F11. I selected F11 for depth-of-field, but also to get a slow shutter speed, but I also needed to use an NDX400, which is a nine stop neutral density filter to reach a shutter speed of two and a half seconds, to render the water that smoothly. We were standing on a bridge too, so you have to make sure that you don&#8217;t make your exposure while cars or trucks are driving over the bridge, as this will often cause vibration and ruin your shot. Even though I wanted nice soft dreamy water, the details in the snow have to be sharp, or it doesn&#8217;t work.</p>
<div id="attachment_1924" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1924" title="Snow Pillows" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2852-590x393.jpg" alt="Snow Pillows" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Snow Pillows</p></div>
<p>In image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2505">2505</a>, we see the view from the other side of the bridge, which is much more picturesque than the side from which I shot the last image. The water was too far away to be able to appreciate the effects of a slow shutter speed image, so I removed the NDX400 for this shot, and exposed it for 1/320th of a second instead, still at F11. I shot this with the 24-70mm F2.8 lens, so the detail is amazing, and it works very well in a large print, with the texture of the snow and the shadows from the small trees etc. I converted these images to black and white with a slight blue tone in Silver Efex Pro by the way.</p>
<div id="attachment_1923" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1923" title="Mount Asashi Foothills" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2854-590x393.jpg" alt="Mount Asashi Foothills" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Mount Asashi Foothills</p></div>
<p>Later in the day, we arrived in the Biei area, and made our way to the Takushinkan, which is the gallery of Japanese photography Shinzou Maeda, who made this area of Japan famous, and popular with photographers. Unfortunately, I knew that the gallery was going to be closed for the winter months from this year, but there are some beautiful trees in the grounds of the gallery, so we visited in the hope that we&#8217;d still be able to get in, and we were able to. One of my favorites shots from here is number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2506">2506</a>, in which we can see three trees, with the low afternoon sun behind them. This was shot at around 3:30PM, so there was around another hour or so of daylight left, but we were shooting up at the trees, and the hill behind it, so the sun was almost touching the horizon from our perspective. I&#8217;ve actually just added a new paper to my fine art print options, which is Hahnemuhle&#8217;s Fine Art Baryta. This is a beautiful gloss fine art paper, and this particular photograph looks absolutely beautiful printed on it.</p>
<div id="attachment_1922" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 434px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1922" title="Trees at Takushinkan" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2866.jpg" alt="Trees at Takushinkan" width="424" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Trees at Takushinkan</p></div>
<p>Ten minutes later, and just to the right of these first three trees, there&#8217;s a line of four small trees, which we can see in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2507">2507</a>. I like this image because of the beautiful soft tones and texture in the snow as it forms the line along which the trees are growing, and a second line just behind them. There&#8217;s also a fox trail on the hill just behind these trees to the left, which adds an additional subject of interest when viewed large.</p>
<div id="attachment_1921" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1921" title="Four Trees" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2870-590x332.jpg" alt="Four Trees" width="590" height="332" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Four Trees</p></div>
<p>We drove to a place where we&#8217;d have been able to shoot a beautiful sunset, but nature was not cooperating, and the sunset didn&#8217;t happen, so we went back to the hotel and called it a day. On the following day, we headed back to an area close to the previous day, just down from the Takushinkan, to where my favourite tree in Biei is. We&#8217;ll look at that in a moment, but first, I shot image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2508">2508</a>, which Ross_M on Flickr called a Photo Haiku, which I thought was so cool. I&#8217;m sure you know, but Japanese Haiku are very simple poems with five, seven, then five more syllables. They also should have what the Japanese call &#8220;kigo&#8221;, which is a word associated with a season. This image of course is very simple, like a Haiku peom, and with the totally white, wintery look, it has a strong &#8220;kigo&#8221; as well. There are also seven distinct stems protruding from the snow, as in the middle phrase of the haiku poem. I&#8217;m not sure if Ross was fully aware of this when he made the comment, but I thought it was an amazing observation all the same. Thanks for that Ross if you are listening/reading.</p>
<div id="attachment_1920" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1920" title="Seeded Grass" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100209_7355-590x393.jpg" alt="Seeded Grass" width="590" height="393" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Seeded Grass</p></div>
<p>Finally, here&#8217;s my tree. I shot some image very similar to one of my favourite images last year, with this tree almost totally whited-out in a snow storm, but I didn&#8217;t upload any of these, as they were pretty much the same as last year. Image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2509">2509</a> though, came out pretty well, as the sun broke through the heavy cloud forming some very nice contrast when converted to black and white, again, using Silver Efex Pro. When I initially posted this image to the Web, it was almost a straight conversion, with just a few Control Points to add a little more contrast and structure to the sky. When I printed it though, I found that the snow in the foreground was a very dark grey, because I&#8217;d exposure for the bright areas in the sky, and it really didn&#8217;t look right, to have dark grey snow. I reworked it in Silver Efex Pro to brighten the snow quite a bit, to a lighter grey, which in my mind looks much more natural. It&#8217;s still grey, not white, but when you consider that the snow was in the shade, I’m kind of happy with the results now. Again, this makes a beautiful large print.</p>
<div id="attachment_1919" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 449px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1919" title="My Favourite Biei Tree" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100209_7366.jpg" alt="My Favourite Biei Tree" width="439" height="635" /><p class="wp-caption-text">My Favourite Biei Tree</p></div>
<p>Later this day we travelled to the Tokachi Hot Springs area, where I&#8217;d shot an image last year that I called <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2192">Heaven on Earth</a>. Unfortunately the weather worked against us again today, and although we just managed to scramble up there with the aid of our amazing bus driver, the weather only cooperated for a few minutes. As the space that you can shoot from is very narrow, there was only time for one group to get a few frames before the clouds rolled in again. We had lunch at the hot-springs, and waited for it to clear again, but it didn&#8217;t happen.</p>
<p>In general, although we had a few lucky breaks, I have to agree that the extra effort to come over to the central part of the island, especially when a number of things don&#8217;t go well, reduces the overall &#8220;Wow!&#8221; factor, and so I&#8217;m happy with my decision to not return here with next year&#8217;s tours.</p>
<p>Having said that, I will certainly come back here myself in Winter, as I love the area, and can&#8217;t imagine never coming back here at all. I might even organize another workshop here at some point, but it will be separate from the main workshop, and could even be a little earlier, as we wouldn&#8217;t be trying to work to the schedule of the ice-floe etc. that have a much shorter window of opportunity.</p>
<p>Either way, I hope you&#8217;ve enjoyed taking a look at some of my images from the tour, from what turned out to be the last Landscape leg for the time being at least.</p>
<p><strong> </strong>Remember that I have published details of the 2011 Tours and Workshops at <a href="http://www.mbpworkshops.com">mbpworkshops.com</a>, so do take a look if you are interested. The longer 12 day tour including a visit to the Snow Monkeys in Nagano before we head up to Hokkaido is now half full (as of May 2010) so please do try to get in touch before too long if you are thinking of joining us.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Episode 237: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp237">http://bit.ly/mbp237</a></p>
<p>All Hokkaido 2010 images: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbph2010">http://bit.ly/mbph2010</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep241.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/black-and-white-trees/' title='Black and White Trees'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100207_7231-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Black and White Trees" title="Black and White Trees" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/incredible-mount-asahi/' title='Incredible Mount Asahi'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_7271-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Incredible Mount Asahi" title="Incredible Mount Asahi" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/skiing-the-winter-wonderland/' title='Skiing the Winter Wonderland'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2806-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Skiing the Winter Wonderland" title="Skiing the Winter Wonderland" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/snow-pillows/' title='Snow Pillows'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2852-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Snow Pillows" title="Snow Pillows" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/mount-asashi-foothills/' title='Mount Asashi Foothills'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2854-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Mount Asashi Foothills" title="Mount Asashi Foothills" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/trees-at-takushinkan/' title='Trees at Takushinkan'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2866-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Trees at Takushinkan" title="Trees at Takushinkan" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/four-trees/' title='Four Trees'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100208_2870-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Four Trees" title="Four Trees" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/seeded-grass/' title='Seeded Grass'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100209_7355-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Seeded Grass" title="Seeded Grass" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/my-favourite-biei-tree/' title='My Favourite Biei Tree'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/MBP_Hokkaido_20100209_7366-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="My Favourite Biei Tree" title="My Favourite Biei Tree" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/05/03/podcast-241-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-2/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep241.mp3" length="33241230" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Following on from Episode 237, this week we look at some images from the Landscape leg of the 2010 Hokkaido Workshop. We also hear participants comments from the entire Hokkaido Tour (only in the audio available in iTunes or at the bottom of this post).
Before we look at these images, do note that we will not be visiting these locations on the 2011 workshops. I’ve changed the itinerary based on participant’s feedback. Basically it takes a long time to get over to the middle of the island, and with the bad weather we had this year, it took even longer, and some of the 2010 participants didn’t feel that it was worth the time to get over to central Hokkaido for these scenes. I have added some new locations for 2011 that offer similar opportunities, but we will generally be spending more time in each of the locations that we looked at in Episode 237, and I’m also working more structured lectures and training into the 2011 schedule too.
I’m very pleased to be able to announce that I have teamed up with the kind folks at X-Rite, the makers of the ColorMunki and ColorChecker Passport, and will be integrating hands-on sessions on color calibration in the digital workflow.
Anyway, let’s look at some photos from the second leg of the 2010 tour. Having made our way from the Shiretoko Peninsula to central Hokkaido, and the Daisetsuzan Mountain range, we would spend the night of the 7th of February at a hotel close to the cable-car station, from where we could take a cable-car that would take us close to the top of Mount Asahi the following day, weather permitting. The plan for this first afternoon was to to shoot around the cable-car station, and I had walked up the ski slope with one of the participants, as he picked my brain on my thoughts about subject and composition. I honed in on the pair of trees that we can see in image number 2497.
Black and White Trees
These trees attracted my attention because one was almost black, and the other almost white. When you see something like this in nature it’s often a good idea to try and capitalize on the situation in some way. I started with a wider lens, but switched to the 70-200mm F2.8 lens and walked back a fair distance, so that I could use the stacking effect of the lens to make the two trees appear to be almost on top of each other, although they were already very close. This perspective would also enable me to line up the top of the trees almost with the top of the trees in the distance, and a wide aperture of F3.2 and long focal length would also enable me to throw the background out of focus, even from a distance, to create some separation between the main subjects and the background. I also ensured that the two small trees in the mid-ground to the right were not overlapping the right side of the white tree. I really wanted a little separation there, or they would have acted as a conduit between the foreground trees and the background.
The following day, we got to the station to board the first cable car up the mountain, and I was happy to see just the occasional, although very small, patch of blue, through the clouds that were moving pretty fast across the generally overcast sky. It was snowing, but I figured it would be worth going to the top, in the hope that we’d catch one of these small patches of blue. I’m not always one for having blue skies in my shots. In fact, I usually avoid blue skies altogether. But when you are talking about the top of the tallest peak in Hokkaido at 2,291m or 7,516ft, being cloudy means almost zero visibility and danger too, if you wander too far from the cable-car station. We needed it to clear to give us a chance of photographing anything worth photographing.
We’d been walking around the outside of the station, trying to get to a vantage point that would be worth shooting from if it cleared, and then we wandered up the start of the ski-slope to about as far as we could go without skis or snow-shoes. As we got there, the cloud [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Following on from Episode 237, this week we look at some images from the Landscape leg of the 2010 Hokkaido Workshop. We also hear participants comments from the entire Hokkaido Tour (only in the audio available in iTunes or at the bottom of this [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 240 : February and March MBP/WebSpy Assignment Winners</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 24 Apr 2010 13:19:53 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Announcement" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Art Talk" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Assignment" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Competition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="assignment" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="back-story" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1817</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[As I didn&#8217;t talk about the February Assignment winners last month, here goes with a two month installment, including some of the winners&#8217; back-stories and my own brief comments about the winning images. (Note that if you would prefer to listen, there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of this post.) Let&#8217;s start with the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As I didn&#8217;t talk about the February Assignment winners last month, here goes with a two month installment, including some of the winners&#8217; back-stories and my own brief comments about the winning images.</p>
<p>(Note that if you would prefer to listen, there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of this post.)</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s start with the results of the February assignment, with the theme Anything Goes! Remember that I actually now announce the winners of the assignments in the <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/forum/">Photography Forum</a>, so this is old news to many of you, but we&#8217;ll still go through the winners in reverse order here today.</p>
<div id="attachment_1823" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 383px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1823  " title="Crossing over the River Dee (&amp;copy; Mark Carline)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/IMG_7562b-800.jpg" alt="Crossing over the River Dee (&amp;Copyright Mark Carline)" width="373" height="560" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Crossing over the River Dee (© Mark Carline)</p></div>
<p>In third place was Mark Carline with &#8220;<a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-16006">Crossing over the River Dee</a>&#8220;. First let&#8217;s hear what Mark told us about the image in his back-story.</p>
<blockquote><p>It was a freezing cold night in Chester and it also looked like it was going to be a foggy night and so I grabbed my gear and headed out towards the Groves in Chester. It&#8217;s an amazing part of Chester by the river that during summer is full of buskers, ice cream stands, people rowing on boats and generally having a good time, but this cold night it was freezing and hardly anyone about! I originally went out to take some HDR night shots around that area and then a couple walked past me, I quickly grabbed my camera, set the ISO to 1600 and aperture priority at f2.8 (the fastest my lens will go) and then (handheld) fired off a loads of shots as they walked away from me over the bridge. I was very lucky to get one decent shot at 1/6 sec exposure being handheld (good job I hadn&#8217;t had a coffee beforehand or my hands would have been shaking!). Very little was done to the image in post processing other than a slight crop.</p></blockquote>
<p>I love this shot Mark. You really captured the mood of the moment. I can also feel the cold air, and the atmosphere. The color is great too, almost like you converted to a sepia toned monochrome image, if it wasn&#8217;t for the hint of green in the tree to the left of the bridge. At 33mm you did a good job holding this still for a sixth of a second. The only thing that I&#8217;d possible like to see done differently with this image is a slight rotation to the left, especially as there&#8217;s a slight crop been done as well. Other than that, this is perfect in my opinion.</p>
<p>In second place, we have Elise, username cheshirecat, with the image &#8220;<a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-16021">Coats of Red</a>&#8220;. Here&#8217;s what Elise has to say about this image.</p>
<div id="attachment_1821" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1821" title="Coats of Red (© Elise)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Coats_of_Red-590x391.jpg" alt="Coats of Red (© Elise)" width="590" height="391" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Coats of Red (© Elise)</p></div>
<blockquote><p>I became interested in action shots over the past year, particularly of horses. The Amwell Valley Hounds club meets twice a week during the hunting season when conditions permit. Although I am not a cold-weather person, I found myself traveling to their meets and braving the frigid temperatures. I was lucky to be in the right place when the huntsmen came riding across the field with the hounds all together and the other riders right behind. The contrast of the red coats makes the picture. Although I tried a sepia conversion, the color is better.</p></blockquote>
<p>Another wonderful image here! The composition is great, and as you say Elise, the contrast of the red coats against the white snow and other brown tones really makes this a special photograph. The hounds are brilliant too. It always amazes me how they manage to avoid getting squished by the horses. Again, one possible way to improve this might have been to frame it slightly over to the right, with the front rider closer to the left hand third of the image. This might have made it a slightly stronger composition, but it&#8217;s great as it is as well. I&#8217;m pleased you braved the cold to capture this wonderful image.</p>
<p>And the winner of the January assignment was a very deserving Christopher White, with &#8220;<a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-15983">A Simple Life</a>&#8220;. Here&#8217;s what Chris has to say about the image.</p>
<div id="attachment_1824" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 600px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1824" title="Stilt Fishing in Weligama, Sri Lanka (© Christopher White)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Sri_Lanka_Stilt_Fishing-590x248.jpg" alt="Stilt Fishing in Weligama, Sri Lanka (© Christopher White)" width="590" height="248" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Stilt Fishing in Weligama, Sri Lanka (© Christopher White)</p></div>
<blockquote><p>This past February, my family (myself, my wife and two young daughters) traveled to Sri Lanka for a 5 day vacation. As always, I did my photography research on subjects and locations to shoot. The Sri Lankan stilt fishermen are the iconic symbol that I knew I had to find no matter what it took. The desire continued to build as I read about their traditions and methods. Apparently the practice was in declining existence prior to the Tsunami of 2004 and is in very minimal existence after that disastrous event devastated this particular coast of Sri Lanka around Galle. Sri Lanka lost over 35,000 lives in the worst known human disaster to have hit the island in its history. After a long flight and drive, we arrived at our first hotel in Galle. I had already planned for sunrise and sunset trips to the coast between Galle and Weligama where the stilt fishermen continue to practice this old tradition. Without any issue we arrived at a few different areas where men were perched, but normally only a couple of them. I had an objective of finding five or more together and luckily enough after about 30 minutes of driving, I found five men all perched in a nice row. I spent a couple of hours at sunrise and sunset shooting at different angles and exposures. I felt that the ideal shot would be one rather low to the water with the men off-set against the sky with some dramatic clouds and taken at a slow enough speed to allow the water to blur while trying to keep the men sharp. With myself and my tripod perched about 3 feet into the water, I used a circular polarizer to cut the glare off the water, add contrast to the clouds and to allow a slower shutter speed. I also bracketed most all of my exposures. Caught up in getting the photo, it took me awhile to realize that these men use no bait and were simply pulling fish from the water with a lone hook. Stilt fishing is said to be one of the most sustainable fishing methods . . . at least for the fish and environment . . . I’m not so sure for the fishermen <img src='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':-)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p>To my delight, this particular image jumped out at me once I sat down to start editing in Lightroom. This one was exposed to the right two full stops to attempt to provide some light on the fisherman while holding the highlights. I first cropped the frame to my favorite wide dimensions of 27&#215;64 as this was my plan when setting up to take the image and it is perfect for a two page book layout (it fits a blurb large book 2 page spread perfectly). I then pulled the overall exposure down -15 and added two graduated filters: one for the sky pulling it down 2 stops and one for the water adding a half stop of light and reducing the clarity. My objective was to emphasize the mood with the drama in the sky and highlight the motion of the water while drawing your attention to these truly unique fishermen perched on their stilts. The other primary adjustments were bumping the vibrance +33, saturation +7 and the blue, red and orange channels by approximately +10 to +20 to get the mood as I remember it that evening during sunset. I also have some other images of these fishermen that I was quite happy with from my trip posted on my website. Unfortunately like you Martin, I am consumed by a full-time job that doesn’t allow me to shoot as much as I would like. Luckily, I have had the opportunity to visit and shoot in some wonderful locations throughout Southeast Asia.</p>
<p>As a little critique for myself, I wish I had paid slightly more attention to get a very tiny extra inch on the right side of this particular frame to allow the entire empty pole to be surrounded by sky. I experimented in post with cropping it out and chose not to do so as it just isn’t the same. For me, it adds a sense of the solitude by seeing the empty pole up close on the edge of the frame and helps provide further insight into what they are sitting on another 15 yards out into the ocean. Regardless, I still love the image, the experience and the memory that goes along with the photo. Shot on a 5D Mark II with a 24-105L lens at 24mm, ISO 200, 1.0 sec at f8.0</p></blockquote>
<p>Wow! Thanks Chris for an amazing photo, and an amazing back-story to go with it! The image jumped out at me from the gallery as soon as I saw it. It really is incredible. Kudos too, for doing your homework and knowing exactly what you wanted here. It worked out perfectly. I think the post production work you did on the image has enhanced it a lot, though I haven&#8217;t of course seen the original. It just works though, so well done. I agree with your self-critique about the stilt to the right. I think also, if you hadn&#8217;t gone a little wider, you could have also gone longer, and not included the right stilt at all. You have a second, third in from the right to provide context, so I think you may be able to improve on perfection by cropping in just a little more after all.</p>
<p>Congratulations though, really. It&#8217;s a masterful, incredibly well executed image. Thanks for getting involved.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s take a look at the winners of the March assignment now, which was on the theme of Dutch Angle. In third place we have Dennis Brennan with &#8220;<a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-16190">Peekaboo Poppies</a>&#8220;, and here&#8217;s what Dennis has to say about it.</p>
<blockquote>
<div id="attachment_1822" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 383px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1822 " title="Peekaboo Poppies (© Dennis Brennan)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/IMG_1419.jpg" alt="Peekaboo Poppies (© Dennis Brennan)" width="373" height="560" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Peekaboo Poppies (© Dennis Brennan)</p></div>
<p>It was getting to be towards the end of the month and I hadn&#8217;t made much time to get out shooting. Even worse, I didn&#8217;t have anything compelling to submit for the Dutch Angle Assignment. I figured I would take a Sunday morning ride over to the local gardens to press the shutter a few times. Maybe I&#8217;d even find something there I could use to submit. I wasn&#8217;t sure exactly what I would see that would be suitable for the assignment, but I knew the gardens had been featuring a display of beautiful Himalayan blue poppies and I didn&#8217;t want to miss a chance to shoot them. I arrived just as they opened at 9:00 a.m., set up and started shooting. I wasn&#8217;t looking hard for a Dutch Angle, more keeping an eye out and an open mind for the possibility. I came across the three blooms you see in the image and studied them for a bit. The subtle colors and light in the distant background were creating a bokeh that looked nice through the viewfinder. I was initially a bit frustrated trying to line up a shot straight on. There were some stray leaves and stems to the left that were fairly distracting in the composition. I just couldn&#8217;t get the shot framed right and then realized that if I tilted the camera, it could work. And there they are as framed in camera &#8211; 3 little peekabo poppies. So, ashamedly, the angle was more about getting rid of distractions than creating a preconceived Dutch angle, but it seemed to work out OK I guess. There wasn&#8217;t much to do in post &#8211; just saturation, a touch of vibrance and some very mild curves in Lightroom. Thanks again to those that gave me a vote and, as always, thanks to Martin for putting it all together!</p></blockquote>
<p>I&#8217;m pleased those distracting leaves got in the way Dennis, as I&#8217;m sure you are too. I love the angle here, albeit almost accidental, and that background light is great, as you say. This is actually something that I look for a lot with flower shots, with the flowers in the shade, but a nice bright background. You utilized it very well. The composition works great too, with the largest flower in the top of the frame, and then the middle one on bottom right, and the smallest, looking the other way, a little further down on the bottom left. Great work!</p>
<div id="attachment_1825" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 395px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1825 " title="The Potter (© Super Digital Girl)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/thepotter.jpg" alt="The Potter (© Super Digital Girl)" width="385" height="560" /><p class="wp-caption-text">The Potter (© Super Digital Girl)</p></div>
<p>Next up in second place is Super Digital Girl with &#8220;<a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-16279">The Potter</a>&#8220;. Leslie didn&#8217;t give a backstory, so here&#8217;s my two yens worth. I think the Dutch angle has been employed very well here, and cropping of the spinning turntable, as well as having it titled over like this adds a lot to the image for me. The aperture was very wide, at F2.2, with a 50mm lens, and Leslie did well to get both the face of the potter and the hands, which are so important to the craft, sharp. The sepia tone is masterful too probably matching the tone of the clay. Congratulations on a great second place.</p>
<p>UPDATE: I actually got a back-story the day after I recorded this podcast. Here it is:</p>
<blockquote><p>This was a difficult assignment because I never have used the Dutch  Angle technique before. I tried shooting several different subjects, but  they just looked crooked. I stopped at &#8220;Old Sturbridge Village&#8221; (a New  England historical community) one day without any idea how I might  achieve an image in this setting for this months theme. I found this  cooperative gentleman at the pottery wheel nicely lit by window light  and shot several images at different angles. It was a challenge at first  to compose the Dutch Angle shots in camera and it wasn&#8217;t until I  reviewed the images at home that I could decide which ones were  successful. I hope to use this technique in the future now that I have  become more familiar with it. Congratulations to all of the entrants. I  enjoyed seeing how everyone interpreted the theme.</p></blockquote>
<p>Finally, steaming towards another win in the grand prize, sponsored by our sponsors Web Spy, we have Mr. Nikon, or Dan Newcomb, with another classic, &#8220;<a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-16245">3:27AM</a>&#8220;. Dan starts his back-story post with &#8220;Just before the back-story, I want to thank everyone for all the votes, WebSpy for sponsoring and Martin for making it all possible&#8221;. Well Dan, you&#8217;re very welcome, and I want to thank you for getting involved each month, and for providing such detailed and interesting back-stories too. Here&#8217;s the rest of it.</p>
<blockquote><p>When I heard the theme for last month I wasn’t sure what a Dutch Angle was. Upon looking up the definition I realized I was more familiar with the film term, Canted Angle. This technique conjured up scenes from Twilight Zone and scary movies. So right out of the gate I knew I was going to do a black and white photo and I had the basic composition worked out. I wanted to have a human silhouette in the upper right corner holding some kind of weapon with something in the lower left corner. I wanted to use a human hand possibly holding something but I couldn’t be in two places at once and I’m not allowed to do a composite. So I thought about it over the next two weeks.</p>
<div id="attachment_1820" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 571px"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1820" title="3:27AM (&amp;copy Dan Newcomb)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/327AM-590x415.jpg" alt="3:27AM (&amp;copy Dan Newcomb)" width="561" height="395" /><p class="wp-caption-text">3:27AM (© Dan Newcomb)</p></div>
<p>Early in March I started what I thought was a two week work trip to Northern British Columbia. This meant I could be home for the last week to complete the assignment. As usual the trip went a little longer, 6 weeks and counting. So I had to make do with what I could find in this small town of 4500 people. I decided I could use a doll for the lower left of the photo. I’ve always been a little freaked out by dolls, especially the antique ones. I couldn’t find an old doll so I ended up buying this one at the only dollar store in town. It was dressed in a bee outfit. I removed its striped coat for the photo but kept the antennas because they just looked strange. I of course told the cashier it was for my niece. I didn’t want to even try to explain the photo to the lady.</p>
<p>The next challenge was to find a location and work out the lighting. I didn’t bring my flash on this trip so I had to come up with something else. Luckily I noticed some lights my coworkers were using in the warehouse where we store our equipment. These are the dual flood lights on a stand that can be purchased in any big box hardware store. I needed a doorway for the figure to walk through and the warehouse door seemed to fit. I waited until everyone went home and set up the flood lights outside pointing in the door. I wanted a low camera position for the doll and used a clamp to secure the camera to a wooden shelf leg about 8 inches from the ground. I decided to use my 24mm tilt shift lens. With the camera on the Dutch Angle, I leveled the lens and shifted the lens up. This gave the effect of bringing the background closer. I decided to go with 800 ISO and f9. This did a few things; it gave me close to ½ of a second shutter speed as I thought I could move slightly to show motion. Since I was focused so close this still gave me a shallow enough depth of field so the figure in the doorway was out of focus. I placed the doll a foot or so in front of the camera and lit it with a LED headlamp that I put on the ground. I walked over to the door and triggered the camera with an infrared remote set to delay. I was holding a large knife that I borrowed from my hotel room and pulled up the hood on my coat.</p>
<p>I did a few test exposures and wasn’t happy that I was blending into the door frame. I decided to light a few pieces of crumpled paper on fire and blew them out. I placed them in the shadow on the left side of the picture and the smoke slowly drifted out the door. I also lit a cigarette to add more smoke. I took a number of shots and finally decided I probably had a keeper. I was relieved that none of my coworkers stopped by because I didn’t want to explain what I was doing after hours with a knife, doll, camera and smoke was coming out of the warehouse. I was also happy the smoke detectors didn’t go off.</p>
<p>For post processing I converted it to black &amp; white and played a bit in Silver Efex Pro. I also did a little burning and dodging. As usual I forgot to bring my monitor calibration device on this trip so I was a little worried how the final image would show on other people’s monitors. Overall I was satisfied with the photo’s feel. It seems to have a strange mood to it. I think an old possessed looking doll may have worked a bit better. Sometimes you just have to make do with what you have.</p></blockquote>
<p>Dan, you take making do with what you have to a whole new level. Once again, you went to great lengths to come up with an awesome, amazing, totally incredible shot. The back-story really helps to understand how you initial perceive the shot, then build on it with props and the use of gear in ways that most people would simply never come up with, myself included. There&#8217;s really nothing I can add comment-wise to this, other than I really do love this image. I actually think the doll adds so much as it is, and I&#8217;m pleased you didn&#8217;t find anything else. Congratulations on yet another first place.</p>
<p>Thanks to everyone that participated in both of these assignments, and thanks to all of you that took the time to vote. Thanks also to WebSpy, our sponsors, for making the funds available to get some great prizes for the six monthly grand prize that we&#8217;ll be closing off with the May assignment. Note that from next month, we are going to reduce the voting time from two weeks to just one week, on request from the MBP community. This means that you&#8217;ll have until the end of the 7th of May to vote for the April assignment, so try not to miss that.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Voting status and winning images: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/scores2010_1.php">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/scores2010_1.php</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/" target="_blank">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep240.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/img_7562b-800/' title='Crossing over the River Dee (&amp;Copyright Mark Carline)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/IMG_7562b-800-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Crossing over the River Dee (&amp;Copyright Mark Carline)" title="Crossing over the River Dee (&amp;Copyright Mark Carline)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/coats_of_red/' title='Coats of Red (© Elise)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Coats_of_Red-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Coats of Red (© Elise)" title="Coats of Red (© Elise)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/stilt-fishing-in-weligama-sri-lanka/' title='Stilt Fishing in Weligama, Sri Lanka (© Christopher White)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/Sri_Lanka_Stilt_Fishing-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Stilt Fishing in Weligama, Sri Lanka (© Christopher White)" title="Stilt Fishing in Weligama, Sri Lanka (© Christopher White)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/img_1419/' title='Peekaboo Poppies (© Dennis Brennan)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/IMG_1419-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Peekaboo Poppies (© Dennis Brennan)" title="Peekaboo Poppies (© Dennis Brennan)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/thepotter/' title='The Potter (© Super Digital Girl)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/thepotter-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="The Potter (© Super Digital Girl)" title="The Potter (© Super Digital Girl)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/327am/' title='3:27AM (&amp;copy Dan Newcomb)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/327AM-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="3:27AM (&amp;copy Dan Newcomb)" title="3:27AM (&amp;copy Dan Newcomb)" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/24/podcast-240-february-and-march-mbpwebspy-assignment-winners/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep240.mp3" length="26038141" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>As I didn’t talk about the February Assignment winners last month, here goes with a two month installment, including some of the winners’ back-stories and my own brief comments about the winning images.
(Note that if you would prefer to listen, there’s an audio player at the bottom of this post.)
Let’s start with the results of the February assignment, with the theme Anything Goes! Remember that I actually now announce the winners of the assignments in the Photography Forum, so this is old news to many of you, but we’ll still go through the winners in reverse order here today.
Crossing over the River Dee (© Mark Carline)
In third place was Mark Carline with “Crossing over the River Dee“. First let’s hear what Mark told us about the image in his back-story.
It was a freezing cold night in Chester and it also looked like it was going to be a foggy night and so I grabbed my gear and headed out towards the Groves in Chester. It’s an amazing part of Chester by the river that during summer is full of buskers, ice cream stands, people rowing on boats and generally having a good time, but this cold night it was freezing and hardly anyone about! I originally went out to take some HDR night shots around that area and then a couple walked past me, I quickly grabbed my camera, set the ISO to 1600 and aperture priority at f2.8 (the fastest my lens will go) and then (handheld) fired off a loads of shots as they walked away from me over the bridge. I was very lucky to get one decent shot at 1/6 sec exposure being handheld (good job I hadn’t had a coffee beforehand or my hands would have been shaking!). Very little was done to the image in post processing other than a slight crop.
I love this shot Mark. You really captured the mood of the moment. I can also feel the cold air, and the atmosphere. The color is great too, almost like you converted to a sepia toned monochrome image, if it wasn’t for the hint of green in the tree to the left of the bridge. At 33mm you did a good job holding this still for a sixth of a second. The only thing that I’d possible like to see done differently with this image is a slight rotation to the left, especially as there’s a slight crop been done as well. Other than that, this is perfect in my opinion.
In second place, we have Elise, username cheshirecat, with the image “Coats of Red“. Here’s what Elise has to say about this image.
Coats of Red (© Elise)
I became interested in action shots over the past year, particularly of horses. The Amwell Valley Hounds club meets twice a week during the hunting season when conditions permit. Although I am not a cold-weather person, I found myself traveling to their meets and braving the frigid temperatures. I was lucky to be in the right place when the huntsmen came riding across the field with the hounds all together and the other riders right behind. The contrast of the red coats makes the picture. Although I tried a sepia conversion, the color is better.
Another wonderful image here! The composition is great, and as you say Elise, the contrast of the red coats against the white snow and other brown tones really makes this a special photograph. The hounds are brilliant too. It always amazes me how they manage to avoid getting squished by the horses. Again, one possible way to improve this might have been to frame it slightly over to the right, with the front rider closer to the left hand third of the image. This might have made it a slightly stronger composition, but it’s great as it is as well. I’m pleased you braved the cold to capture this wonderful image.
And the winner of the January assignment was a very deserving Christopher White, with “A Simple Life“. Here’s what Chris has to say about the image.
Stilt Fishing in Weligama, Sri Lanka (© Christopher White)
This past February, my family (myself, my wife and two young daughters) traveled to Sri Lanka for a 5 day vacation. As always, I did my photography research on [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>As I didn’t talk about the February Assignment winners last month, here goes with a two month installment, including some of the winners’ back-stories and my own brief comments about the winning images. (Note that if you would prefer to listen, [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 239 : Manfrotto Video Fluid Heads with Really Right Stuff Plates</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/17/podcast-239-manfrotto-video-fluid-heads-with-really-right-stuff-plates/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/17/podcast-239-manfrotto-video-fluid-heads-with-really-right-stuff-plates/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 17 Apr 2010 14:16:33 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Videos" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="bracket" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="fluid head" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="HDDSLR" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="L-Bracket" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="L-Plate" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="lens" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="plate" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Really Right Stuff" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="RRS" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1769</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I recently figured out how to mount my cameras and lenses fitted with Really Right Stuff plates, to my Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head, and today share my secrets with you. The video below is really all you need to watch, but I also recorded an audio section for those that cannot get to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I recently figured out how to mount my cameras and lenses fitted with Really Right Stuff plates, to my Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head, and today share my secrets with you. The video below is really all you need to watch, but I also recorded an audio section for those that cannot get to the blog to watch the video. If you want to listen to the audio, there&#8217;s a player at the bottom of this post.</p>
<p>I&#8217;d been waiting for a company to come out with a fluid head that uses a standard Arca-Swiss dovetail plate, like the ones <a href="http://www.reallyrightstuff.com/" target="_blank">Really Right Stuff</a> make, so that we can just drop our DSLRs straight onto the fluid head. As of April 2010 though, I&#8217;m not aware of any companies that make these. There&#8217;s also the problem that most video fluid heads have no way to mount with the mounting plate sideways, the orientation of the plate when fitted to the camera body, as opposed to a lens tripod ring, and video heads also don&#8217;t usually have a way to flip the camera on its side, for portrait mode either.</p>
<p>Anyway, I gave it some thought, and bought an extra quick release clamp for the Manfrotto head, and with a couple of orders for some new brackets etc. from Really Right Stuff, I&#8217;m now pretty happy with how my lenses and cameras can be fitted to my new <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp519fh" target="_blank">Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head</a>. If you have been trying to do this yourself, do watch the video.</p>
<p><object classid="clsid:d27cdb6e-ae6d-11cf-96b8-444553540000" width="590" height="332" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0"><param name="allowfullscreen" value="true" /><param name="allowscriptaccess" value="always" /><param name="src" value="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=11002725&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=1&amp;show_byline=1&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=00adef&amp;fullscreen=1" /><embed type="application/x-shockwave-flash" width="590" height="332" src="http://vimeo.com/moogaloop.swf?clip_id=11002725&amp;server=vimeo.com&amp;show_title=1&amp;show_byline=1&amp;show_portrait=0&amp;color=00adef&amp;fullscreen=1" allowscriptaccess="always" allowfullscreen="true"></embed></object></p>
<p>To begin with, video heads have a quick release plate that is made to mount length-ways, along the bottom of the video camera. This means that the orientation is the same as that of lens plates when fitted to the bottom of a tripod ring, such as those that you see on the 70-200mm and longer lenses. This means that the only thing you have to overcome is the difference in format between the Arca-Swiss style plates, and the manufacturer&#8217;s plate on the video head.</p>
<p>When you use shorter lenses though, that don&#8217;t have the tripod rings, you will need to mount the camera directly to the tripod, with a plate fitted to the bottom of the camera. Because these run sideways across the width of the camera though, the camera would be facing sideways on the video head, unless you introduce something to rotate the camera 90 degrees, to make it face the front again.</p>
<p>This is where the 80mm LR clamp from <a href="http://www.reallyrightstuff.com/" target="_blank">Really Right Stuff</a> comes in. The quick release plate on Manfrotto 519 fluid head comes with both a 1/4&#8243; and a 3/8&#8243; screw, and it just so happens that the B2 LLR II, or 80mm quick release clamp from Really Right Stuff also comes with a 1/4&#8243; and a 3/8&#8243; screw thread. So you simply screw both of the screws into the base of the 80mm clamp, and you have a new quick release clamp that slides into the top of the Manfrotto fluid head, and you can mount all of your lens plates from RRS directly into that. Brilliant!</p>
<p>But what about the body plates, when you aren&#8217;t using lenses with tripod rings? In preparation for this, when I bought my fluid head, I ordered an extra Manfrotto 501PL Sliding Quick Release Plate, and a second 80mm quick release clamp from Really Right Stuff. This time, I just used the 3/8&#8243; screw, and screwed that tightly into the center screw thread on the RRS 80mm clamp. There is probably a little more chance of the plate turning than when using two screws, but the screws have a groove for a coin, and could be easily retightened in the field, unless you were out and about with any money at all that is. The top of the Manfrotto quick release plate is rubberized too, so I doubt that it will turn easily if you tighten it up enough to begin with.</p>
<p>Now what you have is a second plate that you can use to mount your camera body plates directly too, and the camera will face forwards. How do you flip the camera sideways though, to go to portrait mode? This is where another ingenious invention from Really Right Stuff comes in. The L-Bracket. These are metal L shaped brackets, as you might imagine, and they fit to the bottom of your camera body, screwing into the tripod screw thread, and they extend along the base of the camera, and up the left side, and they have an Arca-Swiss standard plate on the bottom and the side. This means you can just release the quick release clamp with the lever, flip the camera itself up on its side, and you are now in portrait mode.</p>
<p>This means that I can now take out just my video tripod, and I don&#8217;t have to take a second tripod with a ball-head, or just the ball head and change the tripod head out in the field. Don&#8217;t get me wrong, for still, my Really Right Stuff BH-55 ball-head is still my favourite. This is an engineering work of art, and I have never used a ball-head that locks my camera into place as firmly as the BH-55. But, if I&#8217;m going to be walking far from the car, and there&#8217;s a chance that I&#8217;ll be shooting video, I&#8217;ll probably opt for the video tripod, which is a new 5 series Gitzo, and the Manfrotto 519 fluid head, and I&#8217;ll still now be able to mount my cameras and lenses directly to the 519 head, without taking my plates off, and mounting the Manfrotto quick release plates, and I can quickly go sideways, or vertical into portrait mode, and shoot my still as well.</p>
<p>In fact, there&#8217;s probably even a place for vertical video, as I hear that&#8217;s becoming more popular now for use in TV billboards, and the Really Right Stuff L-Brackets will make it very easy to do this too.</p>
<p>In case you missed it, I released my first short movie last week, shot with this new rig, and that was available on my blog and on Vimeo, and I&#8217;ll put links to those in the show notes for you to check out. It was really just a practice session, as I tried to get used to panning around with the new 519 head, but I quite liked the results, so have been proud to share that with folks over the last week.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ll also put links to some of the key pieces of gear into the show-notes too, but the Really Right Stuff L-Brackets and lens plates are specific to your camera or lenses, so you&#8217;ll need to search for the right one in their store at <a href="http://www.reallyrightstuff.com/">reallyrightstuff.com</a>. If you already use RRS plates like I did, then hopefully this will be a relatively inexpensive way to get the best of both the video and still photography worlds.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">UPDATE 2010/06/19:</span></strong></p>
<p>Today I received notice from listener Wayne Smith, from Manitoba, Canada, letting me know that Kirk have released a clamp with a turning head that does exactly what I am doing with the Really Right Stuff quick release clamp and Manfrotto plate. This is great news, although I wish there was a quick release lever version.I&#8217;ll probably wait for that now that I&#8217;m set with my current gear, but this certainly is a better option.</p>
<p>Anyway, here&#8217;s a link, courtesy of Wayne, so take a look if you are interested.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.kirkphoto.com/SQRC-501PL_Manfrotto_Quick_Release_Clamp.html" target="_blank">http://www.kirkphoto.com/SQRC-501PL_Manfrotto_Quick_Release_Clamp.html</a></p>
<p>Thanks for letting us know about this Wayne!</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>See the full sized video on Vimeo here: <a href="http://vimeo.com/11002725">http://vimeo.com/11002725</a></p>
<p>Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp519fh">http://bit.ly/mbp519fh</a></p>
<p>Manfrotto 501PL Sliding Quick Release Plate: <a href="http://bit.ly/m501pl">http://bit.ly/m501pl</a></p>
<p>Gitzo GT5541LS Systematic 6X Carbon Fiber Tripod Legs: <a href="http://bit.ly/bOvmcB">http://bit.ly/bOvmcB</a></p>
<p>Mounting the 519 head on Gitzo legs requires a Gitzo GS5320V75 75mm Bowl Adapter: <a href="http://bit.ly/cVm2UO">http://bit.ly/cVm2UO</a></p>
<p>Really Right Stuff 80mm Quick Release Clamp. Search for &#8220;B2 LLR II&#8221; at: <a href="http://www.reallyrightstuff.com/">http://www.reallyrightstuff.com/</a></p>
<p>Music: Studies In Ether, by Andrew Aversa – Recording Licensed from the UniqueTracks Production Music Library Inc.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep239.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/17/podcast-239-manfrotto-video-fluid-heads-with-really-right-stuff-plates/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep239.mp3" length="11907210" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>I recently figured out how to mount my cameras and lenses fitted with Really Right Stuff plates, to my Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head, and today share my secrets with you. The video below is really all you need to watch, but I also recorded an audio section for those that cannot get to the blog to watch the video. If you want to listen to the audio, there’s a player at the bottom of this post.
I’d been waiting for a company to come out with a fluid head that uses a standard Arca-Swiss dovetail plate, like the ones Really Right Stuff make, so that we can just drop our DSLRs straight onto the fluid head. As of April 2010 though, I’m not aware of any companies that make these. There’s also the problem that most video fluid heads have no way to mount with the mounting plate sideways, the orientation of the plate when fitted to the camera body, as opposed to a lens tripod ring, and video heads also don’t usually have a way to flip the camera on its side, for portrait mode either.
Anyway, I gave it some thought, and bought an extra quick release clamp for the Manfrotto head, and with a couple of orders for some new brackets etc. from Really Right Stuff, I’m now pretty happy with how my lenses and cameras can be fitted to my new Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head. If you have been trying to do this yourself, do watch the video.

To begin with, video heads have a quick release plate that is made to mount length-ways, along the bottom of the video camera. This means that the orientation is the same as that of lens plates when fitted to the bottom of a tripod ring, such as those that you see on the 70-200mm and longer lenses. This means that the only thing you have to overcome is the difference in format between the Arca-Swiss style plates, and the manufacturer’s plate on the video head.
When you use shorter lenses though, that don’t have the tripod rings, you will need to mount the camera directly to the tripod, with a plate fitted to the bottom of the camera. Because these run sideways across the width of the camera though, the camera would be facing sideways on the video head, unless you introduce something to rotate the camera 90 degrees, to make it face the front again.
This is where the 80mm LR clamp from Really Right Stuff comes in. The quick release plate on Manfrotto 519 fluid head comes with both a 1/4″ and a 3/8″ screw, and it just so happens that the B2 LLR II, or 80mm quick release clamp from Really Right Stuff also comes with a 1/4″ and a 3/8″ screw thread. So you simply screw both of the screws into the base of the 80mm clamp, and you have a new quick release clamp that slides into the top of the Manfrotto fluid head, and you can mount all of your lens plates from RRS directly into that. Brilliant!
But what about the body plates, when you aren’t using lenses with tripod rings? In preparation for this, when I bought my fluid head, I ordered an extra Manfrotto 501PL Sliding Quick Release Plate, and a second 80mm quick release clamp from Really Right Stuff. This time, I just used the 3/8″ screw, and screwed that tightly into the center screw thread on the RRS 80mm clamp. There is probably a little more chance of the plate turning than when using two screws, but the screws have a groove for a coin, and could be easily retightened in the field, unless you were out and about with any money at all that is. The top of the Manfrotto quick release plate is rubberized too, so I doubt that it will turn easily if you tighten it up enough to begin with.
Now what you have is a second plate that you can use to mount your camera body plates directly too, and the camera will face forwards. How do you flip the camera sideways though, to go to portrait mode? This is where another ingenious invention from Really Right Stuff comes in. The L-Bracket. These are metal L shaped brackets, as you might imagine, and they fit to the bottom of your camera body, screwing into the tripod screw thread, and they [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>I recently figured out how to mount my cameras and lenses fitted with Really Right Stuff plates, to my Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head, and today share my secrets with you. The video below is really all you need to watch, but I also recorded an [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 237 : Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop 2010 #1</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2010 14:21:58 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Announcement" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Workshops" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="hokkaido" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="nature" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="travelogue" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="wildlife" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1724</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This week I take you on a brief tour the first half of our Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop from 2010. I&#8217;m also very happy to announce that I just posted full details of the 2011 Workshops at www.mbpworkshops.com. And yes, that&#8217;s workshops, in the plural, because next year I&#8217;m offering two Hokkaido workshops, one [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week I take you on a brief tour the first half of our Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop from 2010. I&#8217;m also very happy to announce that I just posted full details of the 2011 Workshops at <a href="http://www.mbpworkshops.com/">www.mbpworkshops.com</a>. And yes, that&#8217;s workshop<strong>s</strong>, in the plural, because next year I&#8217;m offering two Hokkaido workshops, one whirlwind five day tour, visiting the places that we&#8217;ll look at today, and then one 12 day tour, in which we&#8217;ll first visit the Snow Monkeys, that we talked about in <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=233#Ep233">Episode 233</a>, then we go on to Hokkaido for a further nine days. Based on feedback from this year&#8217;s participants, we will no longer go over to the central part of Hokkaido for the Landscape leg. Rather we&#8217;ll be spending more consecutive days in most hotels, to save us from uprooting every morning, and also give us more time to work each subject, as well as relax a little more. It also gives us time for me to do some structured lectures on work-flow etc. as well as working in some critique sessions, to look at and critique the work that the participants are creating. These things are going to help to increase the workshop aspect of the tour, so I&#8217;m really looking forward to that.</p>
<p>(By the way, if you prefer to listen, there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.)</p>
<p><strong> </strong>It&#8217;s been almost two months since we got back from the 2010 Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop, and although I know that many of you have been waiting for a nice long travelogue style group of episodes on the tour, I&#8217;m actually going to try to go through this somewhat briefly. Much of what we did was the same as the 2009 tour, with the exception that we spend an extra day in Tsurui, the first town that we stop in, in Hokkaido, to photograph the Red-Crowned Cranes. If you want a real blow by blow recollection of what we did on each day, including some tips and techniques on what we bore in mind while shooting, then you might want to look up the five episodes <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=178#Ep178">178</a>, <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=179#Ep179">179</a>, then <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=182#Ep182">182</a> <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=183#Ep183">through</a> <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=184#Ep184">184</a>.</p>
<p>I also covered my first reconnaissance trip to the Snow Monkeys last year, in <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=187#Ep187">episode 187</a>, and again a few weeks ago from this year&#8217;s workshop, in <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=233#Ep233">Episode 233</a>. So check those out too if you are looking for information on what we do, or are just interested in following along with our adventures. Note too that I uploaded <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/martin_bailey/sets/72157623361538837/" target="_blank">60 images</a> to Flickr and to my <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=Hokkaido_Feb2010" target="_blank">online gallery</a> from this year&#8217;s Hokkaido workshop. I&#8217;ve selected just 11 images to talk about today, which was even tougher than narrowing down my original selection to just 60 images. These images can be seen in iTunes or on your iPhone if you subscribe to the Enhanced Podcast, but as you are already reading my blog, just scroll down to check them out, and remember that you can also listen rather than read, with the audio player at the bottom of this post. I do suggest you <a href="http://phobos.apple.com/WebObjects/MZStore.woa/wa/viewPodcast?id=79677184" target="_blank">subscribe in iTunes</a> though, as the best way to get my Podcast delivered directly to your door each week.</p>
<p>So, we have 6 days and 11 images to get through in the next 30 minutes or so, so let&#8217;s get started. We&#8217;d have a day and a half in Tokyo, having gotten back from Nagano and the Snow Monkeys early Saturday evening. It was nice to have a break, and many of the participants that were joining both tours did some sightseeing or caught up on their photo selection etc. but all in all, this didn&#8217;t go down so well, and people were stressed about getting over to Haneda airport on the Monday morning, so I arranged for two minibuses to pick up all the people that were staying in the hotel that I&#8217;d suggested for the weekend, and we headed off for Haneda. In the 2011 tours that I just announced, I&#8217;ve cut this out. We will now go straight to Haneda from the Snow Monkeys and spend the night in a hotel airport, then head off to Hokkaido the following morning. This will make things easier for everyone, including me. Although I won&#8217;t get to spend the weekend at home, I won&#8217;t have to get up as early as I would if I was heading out to the airport from home, which will make a nice change.</p>
<p>After arriving at Kushiro airport from Haneda we have a 40 minute drive to the Akan International Crane Center where we spent until just after 2PM photographing the beautiful, majestic Red-Crowned cranes. I&#8217;ve shared better pictures of these cranes with you in the past, so I&#8217;ll skip that today, but wanted to share image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2452">2452</a> (below) with you, which I shot at the end of this first day, over at the Kikuchi Farm, which is where we go after the cranes have been fed at the Crane Center. Here I&#8217;d capture three cranes flying close to the setting sun, with the trees as a backdrop. Unlike one of my previous shots similar to this where I&#8217;d enhanced and colored the uneventful sky in Lightroom, these colors are how the camera captured them, with my slight saturation boost, from my Landscape Picture Style emulation. I like the way the two outside cranes here have their wings up, with the center crane, probably the youngster, with its wings down. Also, this looks great in a print, because the cranes are not total silhouettes. There is just a little bit of detail still in the birds, which adds depth when viewed large.</p>
<div id="attachment_1729" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1729 " title="Sunset  Flight of the Cranes" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1481.jpg" alt="Sunset Flight of the Cranes" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Sunset Flight of the Cranes</p></div>
<p>On the second morning we went to the river where we shot from the Otowa Bridge, where I&#8217;d shot one of my favorite images of all time, <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-1704">Distant Dance</a> (below), on our first Hokkaido workshop in 2008, but the conditions weren&#8217;t right. We got our gear out and shot a few frames, but it was too warm for the mist and no chance of frost on the trees on this first day. It has to be at least minus 15 degrees Celsius or 5 degrees Fahrenheit, with no wind for the mist to make a showing and it just wasn&#8217;t happening. I don&#8217;t recall exactly, but I think it was about -12 Celsius or 10 Fahrenheit on the first morning.</p>
<p>Also, although it was about 4:30AM when we left the hotel for the bridge, a bus full of photographers that had passed us on the road in front of the hotel as we came out, had all put their tripods in place on the bridge by the time we got there. So, I had our bus driver do a little bit of espionage, and talk with the bus driver of the other group, and find out what time they were scheduled to leave the following day, and we left the hotel 10 minutes before that to get the better positions on the following day. I met their guide later actually and agreed that we&#8217;d share the best spots next time if we ended up here on the same day again. We all had a laugh about it, so there were no hard feelings or anything.</p>
<div id="attachment_1740" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1740 " title="Distant Dance" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_Winter_Workshop_2008_20080129_5290.jpg" alt="Distant Dance" width="560" height="407" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Distant Dance</p></div>
<p>Later on the second day though, we went back to the Akan International Crane Center and shot the cranes again. The conditions were great, but I didn&#8217;t really get anything brilliant of the cranes. I&#8217;m after a really spectacular shot of just two cranes doing a mating dance and honking, with their steamy breath visible, but it didn&#8217;t happen again this year. For first time visitors though, most of the participants got some very nice shots. The highlight of the day when photographing the cranes at Akan though is actually when they feed the cranes, and you get White Tailed Eagles like the one we see in image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2464">2464</a> (below) that come in to steal the fish. This is one of my favorite eagle shots from this year, because there&#8217;s just so much detail in there and the focus is perfect. The great thing about this location is that the field full of snow below the birds acts as a huge reflector, reflecting the sun back up into the underside of the birds, so you don&#8217;t have to deal with much contrast, and you get beautifully list subjects. I shot with with the 1Ds Mark III and the 600mm F4 lens at 1/2500 of a second at ISO 200.</p>
<div id="attachment_1730" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1730 " title="Eagle  Eye" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100202_6120.jpg" alt="Eagle Eye" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Eagle  Eye</p></div>
<p>The following morning did see a little mist on the river, as it was about -18 Celcius or 0 Fahrenheit as the sun rose, but I didn&#8217;t really like many of my shots. The trees were not frosty, so although again, this was a good opportunity for first time visitors, David Lee for example said that he could go home a happy man right at that point, but I didn&#8217;t improve on any of the images that I already have. One that I did like, although it doesn&#8217;t contain a whole lot of mist, is image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2465">2465</a>. This was an eight second exposure with the 300mm F2.8 lens and the 1.4X Extender fitted. I was at ISO 400 as well, so you can tell that this is still before there was a lot of available light, but the warm morning sun reflecting in the river really popped out on this one when I did a white balance based on the snow in Lightroom. Again, when viewed large, the silky surface of the water is nice here. One thing to note here too is that the bridge which is crowded with photographers each morning actually shudders with the movement of the photographers, so long exposures is actually not a great idea. You have to do a number of them and just hope that you can time it when people aren&#8217;t moving around, to get one that is sharp like this.</p>
<div id="attachment_1731" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1731 " title="Sleeping Cranes" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_6189.jpg" alt="Sleeping Cranes" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Sleeping Cranes</p></div>
<p>Later in the day, we had time to head over to Lake Mashuu, which is famous for being cloaked in fog, and people not actually being able to see the lake. I heard a rumour that the lake was clear though, and there were some really nice clouds in the sky, so we made an unplanned excursion. I went wide to capture the great sky along with the mountains surrounding the lake that we can see in image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2467">2467</a> (below). This is a Nik Software Silver Efex Pro black and white conversion, with a slight blue tone, which I really like at the moment. Toning like this just helps to bring out a little more detail in my option, and it&#8217;s great fun to play with.</p>
<div id="attachment_1732" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1732 " title="Lake  Mashuu" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_6246.jpg" alt="Lake Mashuu" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Lake Mashuu</p></div>
<p>On the afternoon of the 3rd of February, we headed to Kussharo Lake where we were to photograph the Whooper Swans. Again, local information from my friend and photographer Yoshiaki Kobayashi, who I&#8217;d bumped into at the Otowa Bridge that morning, told me that the usual photography spot at the lake was not frozen, but a small corner of the lake called Kotan was, so I again adjusted our plans and headed over to Kotan. There were far more swans here, as we can see in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2470">2470</a> (below). I went wide again, using my 16-35mm lens wide open at 16mm, to capture lots of the birds, as well as the large tree to the left and that big sky. I had my tripod in the lake with all of the legs contracted, and basically framed the shot, then sat back on a rock with my cable release, and waited for a swan to spread their wings, as we can see one did in the middle of the group just to the left of the reflection of the sun here. I hung on for another shot that I really wanted where the swan was right in front of the sun, which is also uploaded, but all round, I prefer this shot for its composition and multiple points of interest. I also shot some video here, which I will get around to editing and sharing some time very soon.</p>
<div id="attachment_1733" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1733 " title="Spreading Wings" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_6454.jpg" alt="Spreading Wings" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Spreading Wings</p></div>
<p>The following morning was incredibly cold. It was minus 30 degrees Celsius which is negative 22 degrees Fahrenheit. As I was getting ready to leave my hotel room, the bus driver called to tell me that the bus wouldn&#8217;t start, because it was so cold. We had the hotel people try their bus, in the hope that we could borrow that, but that wouldn&#8217;t start either. It was obviously colder than even these people were use to. The driver kept trying though, and after about 20 minutes and an almost flat battery, he finally go our bus started. We used a further 10 minutes to get it warmed up, and then set off, maybe 40 minutes or so late for Bihoro Pass. This is a mountain pass that has a 10 minute climb from the car park to a vantage point overlooking the Kussharo Lake, where we&#8217;d photographed the swans on the previous day.</p>
<p>Boy was it cold up the top, but I, with my happy little hunter&#8217;s or fisherman&#8217;s response, that keeps my hands warm in cold conditions, was having a ball. It was so cold that even my 1Ds Mark IIIs battery ran flat from fully charged in about an hour, and that is unheard of with these modern batteries. I was singing and messing around though and at one point turned to the participants that were left, with most of the older crew now back on the bus, and I said &#8220;it&#8217;s not that cold really&#8221;. I knew I&#8217;d said something weird when they all just looked back at me without saying a word. A few uncomfortable moments later, and we were all laughing our heads off.</p>
<p>Around this time we noticed that a sun pillar was forming over the island in the center of the lake, as we can see in image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2479">2479</a> (below). This is basically a phenomenon that only happens when it&#8217;s extremely cold, and it&#8217;s caused by the water particles in the air freezing, and reflecting the sun&#8217;s light. It appears below the sun, at an angle relative to the height of the sun in the sky. As the sun got higher, the pillar got closer to us. Another incredible thing about this image is that the top of the line of clouds are actually rainbow colored. You can only just make this out in the Web sized version, but without any manipulation, that line of clouds is reflecting a whole spectrum of colors at us.</p>
<div id="attachment_1735" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1735 " title="Sun  Pillar and Rainbow Clouds" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100204_6806.jpg" alt="Sun Pillar and Rainbow Clouds" width="560" height="379" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Sun Pillar and Rainbow Clouds</p></div>
<p>Already very late to get back for breakfast, as we drove down back towards the lake, along which we&#8217;d traverse to get back to the hotel, we noticed the sun pillar again, now much closer, so we stopped the bus for another ten minutes or so and I captured image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2482">2482</a> (below). You can see more here how the water crystals suspended in the air are glistening in the light of the sun. Again, I have video of this which I&#8217;ll share at some point, but it really was an amazing sight, like a beautiful and relaxing, swirling pillar of light. This is now another one of those things that happens so rarely that it&#8217;s unlikely, but I really hope it will happen again for the participants of future workshops.</p>
<div id="attachment_1734" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1734 " title="Kussharo Lake Sun Pillar" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100204_2716.jpg" alt="Kussharo Lake Sun Pillar" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kussharo Lake Sun Pillar</p></div>
<p>We actually arrived back at the hotel at 9AM, which was the time that the breakfast buffet was due to stop, but they allowed us another 20 minutes or so to grab breakfast before we broke camp to drive over to the Shiretoko Peninsula and the town of Rausu, where we were hoping for sea ice, or ice floe, on which the Steller&#8217;s Sea Eagles and White Tailed Eagles would perch and pose for our cameras, the following morning. As you can see from image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2487">2487</a> (below) though, there was like one tiny piece of ice in the entire Nemuro Straights, between Far Eastern Japan, and Kunashiri Island, the first of the Kuril Islands that Japan is still trying to get Russia to give back. I like the way the four Steller&#8217;s Sea Eagles seem to be admiring the sun, as it rises over what is essentially still Far East Russia.</p>
<div id="attachment_1737" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1737 " title="Russian Sunrise" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100205_6938.jpg" alt="Russian Sunrise" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Russian  Sunrise</p></div>
<p>We had chartered the boat, and the skipper was trying really hard to find a substantial amount of sea ice for us to drop some fish onto to attract more eagles, but after three and a half hours, we had to give up. It was a beautiful sunrise, and we even saw a pod of Baird&#8217;s Beaked Whales in the channel, as we can see in image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2492">2492</a> (below), but the Eagle shoot that was such a highlight of the 2009 workshop, now seemed like a distant memory. The day before we were here, and the day after were actually very good apparently, with plenty of ice, so I was pretty disappointed. For the 2011 workshops I have moved the whole schedule out by two weeks, and we are now going to have two consecutive days here in Rausu on the 12 day tour. We are also going to be in the area in a better time on the 5 day tour too, so I&#8217;m much more confident that we&#8217;ll get ice next year, especially on the 12 day tour, but hopefully on the five day tour too. At the end of the day though, it&#8217;s all in the hands of Mother Nature, and what she decides to dish up for us. Nothing is guaranteed when you are dealing with nature.</p>
<div id="attachment_1736" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1736 " title="You Scratch My Back..." src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100205_2335.jpg" alt="You Scratch My Back..." width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">You Scratch My Back...</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1738" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1738" title="Great Spotted Woodpecker" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100206_2414.jpg" alt="Great Spotted Woodpecker" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Great Spotted Woodpecker</p></div>
<p>Later in the day, we drove around to Utoro, another harbor town on the other side of the Shiretoko Peninsula, where we headed into the Shiretoko National Park. We got some nice deer shots, and I also photographed a fox, but I didn&#8217;t upload it to my gallery, as it wasn&#8217;t any better than the fox shots I already have uploaded. We went back into the Park the following day, and one of the first things I heard was the Great Spotted Woodpecker that we can see in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2493">2493</a> (right). I put my 1.4X extender on my 300mm F2.8, as I didn&#8217;t have my 600mm F4 with so and this is about as close as I could get. Every time I took a few paces towards this guy he flew to a tree further back, deeper into the woods. I like the overall light airy feel to this shot though, and the contrast of the black and white bird, with the red splash of color against the light brown and beige colors of the background. There was also a nuthatch that I photographed, but I couldn&#8217;t get a really clean shot of it. There was always a twig overlapping its tail or something, so I didn&#8217;t upload any of these shots either.</p>
<p>We walked deep into the park, and the group quickly became dispersed. I was toying with the idea of buying some digital walkie-talkies for this year&#8217;s trip, but I reckon I&#8217;ll pull the trigger on that for next year. This will make it easier for people to stay in touch when the group breaks up. These would be good for the Antarctica expedition in November too, so I think I&#8217;m going to really look into this now. It would also enable people that find something interesting to alert the other groups as well, to increase our chances of capturing things like the Woodpecker that only a few of us were able to photograph.</p>
<p>Deer are nice, but I really like to find the bucks, but their huge antlers. I came across this really laid back guy, that we see in image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2494">2494</a> (below right), just sitting in the snow and chewing on what was probably a strip of bark from a tree. Although he&#8217;s quite young, he reminded me of an old cowboy chewing on some chewing tobacco. I shot this with the 300mm F2.8 lens, and this is exactly how it was framed in camera. Note how I positioned the horns so that they were not intersecting with the brown of the exposed trees in the background. The one on the left side comes close, but the horns are actually surrounded by at least a thin line of white snow, to maintain the separation that I was after.</p>
<p>We actually said goodbye to two of the participants a few hours after shooting these last images, as two of them had only signed up for the first 6 days. There would be just ten of the twelve participants that went on to the central part of Hokkaido for the Landscape leg. I have to admit though, this year, the landscape leg was not as exciting as last year, by far. The weather fell apart on us to a degree, and we fought through heavy snow to get from Utoro on the Shiretoko peninsula to the Memanbetsu Airport where the two that would leave us were to fly from. Actually the plane that they left on was one of the only planes that were able to fly that day. We were incredibly lucky to be able to get them out of Hokkaido.</p>
<div id="attachment_1739" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1739" title="Laid  Back Ezo Deer" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100206_2621.jpg" alt="Laid Back Ezo Deer" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Laid Back Ezo Deer</p></div>
<p>The weather also slowed us down for much of the landscape leg, and so we seemed to spend a lot more time on the bus than last year, which led to a little bit of frustration among some of the participants, and although we got very lucky with places like Mount Asahi, where it cleared for us to shoot for a few minutes, the general feeling was that it was not worth the amount of traveling that it cost us.</p>
<p>These concerns and the fact that I have scheduled a separate short five day workshop in addition to the more relaxed twelve day workshop, is the reason that I have stopped splitting the longer workshop up into optional sections. Another piece of valuable feedback was that people wanted to spend more than one night in hotels when possible, and spend more time in each location, so that&#8217;s exactly what I&#8217;ve planned for 2011.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ve named this episode part #1, and I will probably go on to share some of the images from the Landscape leg with you in the coming weeks, but for now, let&#8217;s leave Hokkaido there, and start looking towards the 2011 trip. If you are listening to this considering joining the 2011, note that the images that we looked at today are just a small example of what we shoot, but the locations are all the same. We will also spend one day at a place called Odaito, where there is a small but definite chance of photographing a sunrise where the sun itself is not round, but square, or even wine glass shaped, so that&#8217;s something to look forward to in addition to the locations we looked at today.</p>
<p>Also, if you are considering joining us, please book soon. I announced the workshops to my mailing list last night, and we already have four bookings and one tentative, so I don&#8217;t think the places will be open very long this year. If we should be fully booked by the time you find out about this, but you would like to come, drop me a line using the <a href="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/contact/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed" target="_self">contact form</a>, and I&#8217;ll put you on our cancellation list. Also don&#8217;t hesitate to <a href="../contact/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed" target="_self">contact us</a> if you have any questions about the tours and workshops, after you&#8217;ve checked out the details on the <a href="http://www.mbpworkshops.com/">www.mbpworkshops.com</a> web site.</p>
<p>Once again, I really just wanted to scoot through a few example images today, to give you an idea of what we got up to on our Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop 2010. If you want to follow through in more detail, had not yet listened to last year&#8217;s Podcast episodes, do take a listen to episodes <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=178#Ep178">178</a>,  <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=179#Ep179">179</a>,  then <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=182#Ep182">182</a>, <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=183#Ep183">183</a> and <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=184#Ep184">184</a>, that I mentioned earlier, as well as my brief report from the 2010 Snow Monkey workshop, that we talked about in <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=233#Ep233">Episode  233</a>.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>This link shows all Hokkaido 2010 images: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbph2010">http://bit.ly/mbph2010</a></p>
<p>Check out the details of the 2011 Workshops here: <a href="http://www.mbpworkshops.com/" target="_blank">http://www.mbpworkshops.com/</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep237.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/sunset-flight-of-the-cranes/' title='Sunset Flight of the Cranes'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1481-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Sunset Flight of the Cranes" title="Sunset Flight of the Cranes" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/distant-dance-3/' title='Distant Dance'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_Winter_Workshop_2008_20080129_5290-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Distant Dance" title="Distant Dance" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/eagle-eye/' title='Eagle Eye'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100202_6120-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Eagle Eye" title="Eagle Eye" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/sleeping-cranes/' title='Sleeping Cranes'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_6189-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Sleeping Cranes" title="Sleeping Cranes" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/lake-mashuu/' title='Lake Mashuu'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_6246-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Lake Mashuu" title="Lake Mashuu" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/spreading-wings/' title='Spreading Wings'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_6454-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Spreading Wings" title="Spreading Wings" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/sun-pillar-and-rainbow-clouds/' title='Sun Pillar and Rainbow Clouds'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100204_6806-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Sun Pillar and Rainbow Clouds" title="Sun Pillar and Rainbow Clouds" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/kussharo-lake-sun-pillar/' title='Kussharo Lake Sun Pillar'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100204_2716-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kussharo Lake Sun Pillar" title="Kussharo Lake Sun Pillar" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/russian-sunrise/' title='Russian Sunrise'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100205_6938-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Russian Sunrise" title="Russian Sunrise" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/you-scratch-my-back/' title='You Scratch My Back...'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100205_2335-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="You Scratch My Back..." title="You Scratch My Back..." /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/great-spotted-woodpecker/' title='Great Spotted Woodpecker'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100206_2414-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Great Spotted Woodpecker" title="Great Spotted Woodpecker" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/laid-back-ezo-deer/' title='Laid Back Ezo Deer'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/MBP_Hokkaido_20100206_2621-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Laid Back Ezo Deer" title="Laid Back Ezo Deer" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/04/06/podcast-237-hokkaido-photography-tour-and-workshop-2010-1/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep237.mp3" length="31937794" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>This week I take you on a brief tour the first half of our Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop from 2010. I’m also very happy to announce that I just posted full details of the 2011 Workshops at www.mbpworkshops.com. And yes, that’s workshops, in the plural, because next year I’m offering two Hokkaido workshops, one whirlwind five day tour, visiting the places that we’ll look at today, and then one 12 day tour, in which we’ll first visit the Snow Monkeys, that we talked about in Episode 233, then we go on to Hokkaido for a further nine days. Based on feedback from this year’s participants, we will no longer go over to the central part of Hokkaido for the Landscape leg. Rather we’ll be spending more consecutive days in most hotels, to save us from uprooting every morning, and also give us more time to work each subject, as well as relax a little more. It also gives us time for me to do some structured lectures on work-flow etc. as well as working in some critique sessions, to look at and critique the work that the participants are creating. These things are going to help to increase the workshop aspect of the tour, so I’m really looking forward to that.
(By the way, if you prefer to listen, there’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.)
 It’s been almost two months since we got back from the 2010 Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop, and although I know that many of you have been waiting for a nice long travelogue style group of episodes on the tour, I’m actually going to try to go through this somewhat briefly. Much of what we did was the same as the 2009 tour, with the exception that we spend an extra day in Tsurui, the first town that we stop in, in Hokkaido, to photograph the Red-Crowned Cranes. If you want a real blow by blow recollection of what we did on each day, including some tips and techniques on what we bore in mind while shooting, then you might want to look up the five episodes 178, 179, then 182 through 184.
I also covered my first reconnaissance trip to the Snow Monkeys last year, in episode 187, and again a few weeks ago from this year’s workshop, in Episode 233. So check those out too if you are looking for information on what we do, or are just interested in following along with our adventures. Note too that I uploaded 60 images to Flickr and to my online gallery from this year’s Hokkaido workshop. I’ve selected just 11 images to talk about today, which was even tougher than narrowing down my original selection to just 60 images. These images can be seen in iTunes or on your iPhone if you subscribe to the Enhanced Podcast, but as you are already reading my blog, just scroll down to check them out, and remember that you can also listen rather than read, with the audio player at the bottom of this post. I do suggest you subscribe in iTunes though, as the best way to get my Podcast delivered directly to your door each week.
So, we have 6 days and 11 images to get through in the next 30 minutes or so, so let’s get started. We’d have a day and a half in Tokyo, having gotten back from Nagano and the Snow Monkeys early Saturday evening. It was nice to have a break, and many of the participants that were joining both tours did some sightseeing or caught up on their photo selection etc. but all in all, this didn’t go down so well, and people were stressed about getting over to Haneda airport on the Monday morning, so I arranged for two minibuses to pick up all the people that were staying in the hotel that I’d suggested for the weekend, and we headed off for Haneda. In the 2011 tours that I just announced, I’ve cut this out. We will now go straight to Haneda from the Snow Monkeys and spend the night in a hotel airport, then head off to Hokkaido the following morning. This will make things easier for everyone, including me. Although I won’t get to spend the weekend at home, I won’t have to get up as early as I would if I was heading out to the airport from [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>This week I take you on a brief tour the first half of our Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshop from 2010. I’m also very happy to announce that I just posted full details of the 2011 Workshops at www.mbpworkshops.com. And yes, that’s [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 236 : The EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM Lens with Extenders</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 29 Mar 2010 13:57:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gear" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Review" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Extender" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="lens" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Teleconverter" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="test" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1686</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. Last week, I released a review of the new Canon EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens, and was asked how the version II of Canon&#8217;s workhorse lens fairs with Canon&#8217;s Extenders (teleconverters)? I&#8217;m pleased the reader/listener asked quickly, as I sold [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />Last week, I released <a href="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed" target="_blank">a review</a> of the new <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp70-200" target="_blank">Canon EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens</a>, and was asked how the version II of Canon&#8217;s workhorse lens fairs with Canon&#8217;s Extenders (teleconverters)? I&#8217;m pleased the reader/listener asked quickly, as I sold this lens on Saturday, but before I took it to the store to which I sold it, I did a few more tests, but with the converters attached this time, so today I&#8217;m going to share those results with you as well.</p>
<p>I would like to remind you before we start that these tests take a lot of time and effort, so if you intend to buy this lens and you shop with B&amp;H, please use <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp70-200" target="_blank">the link</a> at the bottom of the post, which although does not affect the amount you pay in any way, will send a little commission my way, to help offset the costs of doing these reviews and Web site fees etc. In fact, if you buy anything from B&amp;H, clicking through from the tile here on my blog or in the <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/forum/" target="_blank">Photography  Forum</a> or <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php" target="_blank">Podcasts</a> page, will get me a little commission. It&#8217;s a great way to help out without digging into your own pockets. If do you want to help out, but don’t shop at B&amp;H, although I rarely mention this, there are donation buttons to the right here on my blog and on my <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php" target="_blank">Podcasts</a> page. This Podcast and Blog will essentially always be free, but people have asked for donation buttons in the past, so I made them available. Note too that I add the name of people that are kind enough to make donations to my <a href="../thanks/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed" target="_blank">Thanks</a> page.</p>
<div id="attachment_1643" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 490px"><a href="http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/~westin/misc/res-chart.html"><img class="size-medium wp-image-1643" title="ISO 12233 Resolution Test  Chart" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3758-600x378.jpg" alt="ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart" width="480" height="302" /></a><p class="wp-caption-text">ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart</p></div>
<p>So, I was really pleased that I was reminded to test the new Version II 70-200mm lens, before I sold it on, as I used to use mine with the 1.4X Extender regularly, with my old 5D. It was partly because I could use the old 70-200 with the 1.4X Extender that I sold my old 100-400mm lens. I&#8217;d not taken both out with me since 2006. I stopped using the 70-200mm with the Extender though, once I upgraded to the 1Ds Mark III and the 5D Mark II at 21MP, they basically out-resolved the old 70-200mm F2.8 lens even without the Extender, so it goes without saying that images using the 1.4X Extender were just not usable. It was because of this that I&#8217;d failed to think of this combination when I did my original tests, but I was pleasantly surprised by the results I found on Saturday morning.</p>
<p>Again, I used the <a href="http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/~westin/misc/res-chart.html" target="_blank">ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart</a> that I downloaded from Cornell University’s Web site.<a href="http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/%7Ewestin/misc/res-chart.html"></a> I tested both the 1.4X Extender and the 2.0X Extender, but I only tested at 200mm with the 2.0X Extender. This was partly because of time, but also because it&#8217;s safe to assume that people probably have both Extenders, or just the 1.4X and would only use the 2.0X Extender when you really need the extra reach. I know that if I didn&#8217;t need to get out to 400mm, or just short of it, I would probably reach for the 1.4X Extender.</p>
<p>Again, I created some animated GIF files to show you the difference between the two lenses. The first one here shows the center of images shot at 70mm, or 98mm with the 1.4X magnification, 115mm or 160mm with the Extender and 200mm, which of course becomes 280mm with the Extender fitted. All of the images here were shot wide open, at F4, which is the widest aperture available when using the 1.4X Extender.</p>
<p>Also note that I moved back a little when shooting at each of the focal lengths, to fill the frame with the chart,  but could only move back so far because of my kitchen wall, so the  resulting images are not an accurate representation of the relative  magnification of the Extenders.</p>
<div id="attachment_1696" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1696" title="70-200mm Version I and II - All Focal Lengths @ F4" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_All_Focal_Lengths_F4.gif" alt="70-200mm Version II - All Focal Lengths @ F4" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version I and II - All Focal Lengths @ F4</p></div>
<p>You can see that there is a big difference between the old version and the new version of this lens, when shooting with the 1.4X Extender fitted. At the extremes of the focal length, 98mm to 280mm, the lens is still extremely sharp, even with the 1.4X Extender fitted, and the lens wide open at F4. The interesting thing here, as with my findings last week without the extenders, is that the middle focal length of 115mm is actually the weakest. It&#8217;s still sharper than the version I 70-200, and very usable in my opinion, but it&#8217;s not quite tack sharp, as are the extreme focal lengths.</p>
<p>Although the new version of the 70-200 is sharp wide open at the extremes, usually, lenses get a little sharper with Extenders when you stop the lenses aperture down a little, so next we have six comparisons of the three focal lengths through the entire aperture range, from F4 to F32, in full stops. First is the old version I lens, at 70mm or 98mm with magnification, and you can see that it does sharpen up just a tad at F5.6, to an almost acceptable amount. F8 and F11 are also quite good. F16 and F22 start to lose contrast as well as soften up again, and F32 is pretty much unusable. It&#8217;s very soft with little contrast.</p>
<div id="attachment_1687" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1687" title="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_1_4X_70mm.gif" alt="70-200mm V1 with 1.4X Extender @ 70mm" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm</p></div>
<p>Here are the results from the Version II 70-200mm lens, again at 70mm (98mm) through the entire aperture range. Even at F4 the results are very good. If anything, it gains a little contrast when you stop down to F5.6, and perhaps just a tad sharper. F8 and F11 are still good, but perhaps a little less sharp and lower contrast than F5.6, so the old advice of stopping down to F8 when using the Extender may no longer be valid. F16 through F22 start to lose more contrast and sharpness, though probably still usable, and F32 is perhaps usable at a stretch, but probably best avoided. I&#8217;m sure you&#8217;ll agree this is a huge improvement over the Version I lens though.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">
<div id="attachment_1691" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1691" title="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_1_4X_70mm.gif" alt="70-200mm Version II - All Focal Lengths @ F4" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm</p></div>
<p>Next we see the Version I 70-200mm F2.8 lens again cycling through the entire aperture range, in full stops at 115mm or 160mm with the magnification calculated in.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">
<div id="attachment_1688" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1688" title="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_1_4X_115mm.gif" alt="70-200mm Version I - All Apertures @ 115mm" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm</p></div>
<p>In contrast to the new version, the old version I lens is best in the middle focal length, being relatively sharp at F4, sharper still at F5.6 and F8, then slowly tapering off again from F11 through F22, then dropping considerably at F32. This range with this lens  is actually pretty close to the new version of this lens, with the exception that the Version II lens is considerably sharper at F4. This is good news for me, as I shoot wide open most of the time, but if you stop down a lot, especially when using an Extender, remember that the old version is pretty good in the middle focal length range, but weak at the extremes.</p>
<div id="attachment_1692" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1692" title="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_1_4X_115mm.gif" alt="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm</p></div>
<p>OK, so next let&#8217;s look at the pair of animations from the two lenses at 200mm or 280mm. First from the Version I lens, we can see that although it gives a poor show wide open at F4, it improves slightly through F5.6 and F8, but then really sharpens up quite a lot at F11 and even F16, though it does start to lose contrast from F16, up through to F32. If you own the first version of this lens though, and use it with the 1.4X Extender, note that F11 is pretty usable when zoomed out fully to 200mm, for an effective 280mm focal length.</p>
<div id="attachment_1689" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1689" title="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_1_4X_200mm.gif" alt="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm</p></div>
<p>We can see from the next animation though, that at 200mm, or an effective 280mm, the Version II lens gives excellent results again. F4 through to F8 are excellent, F11 drops in contrast slightly, with F16 and F22 a little worse, then F32 pretty low in contrast, with sharpness also gradually dropping off through F16 to F32. Still though, this is very usable, and when you consider that you&#8217;ll usually be using an extender to get that extra reach, this result on the long end is very encouraging.</p>
<div id="attachment_1693" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1693" title="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_1_4X_200mm.gif" alt="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm</p></div>
<p>All in all, despite the middle focal length being a little disappointing, I think it&#8217;s safe to say that the 70-200mm F2.8L Version II lens can be used with a 1.4X extender with little concern of image quality dropping too much.</p>
<p>So what about the 2X Extender? Below, first we have an animation showing the difference between Versions I and II of this lens, with the 2X Extender fitted, shooting wide open at F5.6, which is the maximum aperture when using this Extender. Here you can see that the original Version I lens gives a pretty poor show with the 2X Extender. Most lenses do actually. The only lens I own that I can comfortably use the 2X Extender with is the 300mm F2.8L lens. It produces slightly hard, contrasty edges, but is certainly sharp enough to be usable, especially when I need 600mm but don&#8217;t have the big-guns with me. It&#8217;s hand-holdable too, if you can get a fast enough shutter speed.</p>
<p>Anyway, we can see here that the Version II lens is absolutely acceptably sharp with the 2X Extender fitted, zoomed out fully, for an effective focal length of 400mm.</p>
<div id="attachment_1695" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1695" title="70-200mm Version I and II with 2X Extender - F5.6 @ 200mm (400mm)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_2XExt_F5_6.gif" alt="" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version I and II with 2X Extender - F5.6 @ 200mm (400mm)</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">The next animation shows you the old Version I lens at 400mm, cycling through all apertures from F5.6 to F32, in full stops. Although it does start to sharpen up a little as you stop the lens down, even as much as F32, the contrast starts to drop off too much, and I personally think this combination is just not usable, even in a push, and certainly not hand-held. By the time you get an image even anything remotely resembling sharp, you are stopped down so far that you&#8217;d need a multi-second exposure even in good sunlight.</p>
<div id="attachment_1690" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1690" title="70-200mm Version I with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_2X_200mm.gif" alt="70-200mm Version I with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version I with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)</p></div>
<p>This last animation shows the Version II lens with the 2X Extender stopping down from F5.6 to F32. As I mentioned earlier, F5.6 is very usable, and F8 is perhaps a little better, and F11 is similar to F5.6, then it starts to drop at F16 and F22 is a pretty soft with low contrast. F32 is a little too soft and lacks too much contrast for comfort. Otherwise though, I&#8217;d say this is a pretty usable combination.</p>
<div id="attachment_1694" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 750px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1694" title="70-200mm Version II with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_2X_200mm.gif" alt="70-200mm Version II with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" width="740" height="588" /><p class="wp-caption-text">70-200mm Version II with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)</p></div>
<p>I will try using both Extenders in the field in the coming weeks as  well, and will certainly report my findings back later based on some real-world examples, especially if I  find that field use doesn&#8217;t quite match what my tests here have shown. In general though I&#8217;d say that these tests confirm that the old 70-200mm F2.8L lens was not really usable with Extenders, although it did perform pretty well in the mid focal length range. It also shows us that the Version II 70-200mm F2.8L lens is very usable with the 1.4X Extender and looking pretty good with the 2X Extender as well, which is great for when you just don&#8217;t want to take out the longer glass. It is also a viable alternative to the 100-400mm lens in my opinion, which I was not happy with after the days that I used it with my 20D, at 8 mega pixels, which it could just about cope with. There are sharp spots with the 100-400mm, and the slight amount of sharpness is certainly offset by the versatility of the lens, but I won&#8217;t miss mine, until Canon decide to release a version II of the 100-400mm as well. That would get me thinking.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Buying this lens from B&amp;H? Use this link and support this Web site (does not affect the cost of the lens): <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp70-200" target="_blank">http://bit.ly/mbp70-200</a></p>
<p>You can get the <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp1_4X">1.4X Extender</a> and the <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp2X">2X Extender</a> from B&amp;H as well. (<a href="http://bit.ly/mbp1_4X" target="_blank">http://bit.ly/mbp1_4X</a> and <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp2X" target="_blank">http://bit.ly/mbp2X</a>)</p>
<p>Cornell University&#8217;s Resolution Test Chart: <a href="http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/%7Ewestin/misc/res-chart.html">http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/~westin/misc/res-chart.html</a></p>
<p>View all of my 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM Lens images: <a href="http://bit.ly/70-200VII">http://bit.ly/70-200VII</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep236.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v2_extendertests_all_focal_lengths_f4/' title='70-200mm Version I and II - All Focal Lengths @ F4'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_All_Focal_Lengths_F4-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version I and II - All Focal Lengths @ F4" title="70-200mm Version I and II - All Focal Lengths @ F4" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v1_extendertests_1_4x_70mm/' title='70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_1_4X_70mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm" title="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v2_extendertests_1_4x_70mm/' title='70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_1_4X_70mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm" title="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 70mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v1_extendertests_1_4x_115mm/' title='70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_1_4X_115mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm" title="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v2_extendertests_1_4x_115mm/' title='70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_1_4X_115mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm" title="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 115mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v1_extendertests_1_4x_200mm/' title='70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_1_4X_200mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" title="70-200mm Version I with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v2_extendertests_1_4x_200mm/' title='70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_1_4X_200mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" title="70-200mm Version II with 1.4X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v2_extendertests_2xext_f5_6/' title='70-200mm Version I and II with 2X Extender - F5.6 @ 200mm (400mm)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_2XExt_F5_6-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version I and II with 2X Extender - F5.6 @ 200mm (400mm)" title="70-200mm Version I and II with 2X Extender - F5.6 @ 200mm (400mm)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v1_extendertests_2x_200mm/' title='70-200mm Version I with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V1_ExtenderTests_2X_200mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version I with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" title="70-200mm Version I with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/mbp_70to200v2_extendertests_2x_200mm/' title='70-200mm Version II with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_70to200V2_ExtenderTests_2X_200mm-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="70-200mm Version II with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" title="70-200mm Version II with 2X Extender - All Apertures @ 200mm (400mm)" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep236.mp3" length="20881721" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
Last week, I released a review of the new Canon EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens, and was asked how the version II of Canon’s workhorse lens fairs with Canon’s Extenders (teleconverters)? I’m pleased the reader/listener asked quickly, as I sold this lens on Saturday, but before I took it to the store to which I sold it, I did a few more tests, but with the converters attached this time, so today I’m going to share those results with you as well.
I would like to remind you before we start that these tests take a lot of time and effort, so if you intend to buy this lens and you shop with B&amp;H, please use the link at the bottom of the post, which although does not affect the amount you pay in any way, will send a little commission my way, to help offset the costs of doing these reviews and Web site fees etc. In fact, if you buy anything from B&amp;H, clicking through from the tile here on my blog or in the Photography  Forum or Podcasts page, will get me a little commission. It’s a great way to help out without digging into your own pockets. If do you want to help out, but don’t shop at B&amp;H, although I rarely mention this, there are donation buttons to the right here on my blog and on my Podcasts page. This Podcast and Blog will essentially always be free, but people have asked for donation buttons in the past, so I made them available. Note too that I add the name of people that are kind enough to make donations to my Thanks page.
ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart
So, I was really pleased that I was reminded to test the new Version II 70-200mm lens, before I sold it on, as I used to use mine with the 1.4X Extender regularly, with my old 5D. It was partly because I could use the old 70-200 with the 1.4X Extender that I sold my old 100-400mm lens. I’d not taken both out with me since 2006. I stopped using the 70-200mm with the Extender though, once I upgraded to the 1Ds Mark III and the 5D Mark II at 21MP, they basically out-resolved the old 70-200mm F2.8 lens even without the Extender, so it goes without saying that images using the 1.4X Extender were just not usable. It was because of this that I’d failed to think of this combination when I did my original tests, but I was pleasantly surprised by the results I found on Saturday morning.
Again, I used the ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart that I downloaded from Cornell University’s Web site. I tested both the 1.4X Extender and the 2.0X Extender, but I only tested at 200mm with the 2.0X Extender. This was partly because of time, but also because it’s safe to assume that people probably have both Extenders, or just the 1.4X and would only use the 2.0X Extender when you really need the extra reach. I know that if I didn’t need to get out to 400mm, or just short of it, I would probably reach for the 1.4X Extender.
Again, I created some animated GIF files to show you the difference between the two lenses. The first one here shows the center of images shot at 70mm, or 98mm with the 1.4X magnification, 115mm or 160mm with the Extender and 200mm, which of course becomes 280mm with the Extender fitted. All of the images here were shot wide open, at F4, which is the widest aperture available when using the 1.4X Extender.
Also note that I moved back a little when shooting at each of the focal lengths, to fill the frame with the chart,  but could only move back so far because of my kitchen wall, so the  resulting images are not an accurate representation of the relative  magnification of the Extenders.
70-200mm Version I and II - All Focal Lengths @ F4
You can see that there is a big difference between the old version and the new version of this lens, when shooting with the 1.4X Extender fitted. At the extremes of the focal length, 98mm to 280mm, the lens is still extremely sharp, even with the 1.4X Extender fitted, and the lens wide open at F4. The interesting thing here, as with my [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. Last week, I released a review of the new Canon EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens, and was asked how the version II of Canon’s workhorse lens fairs with Canon’s Extenders [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 235 : Canon EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM Lens Review</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2010 14:56:08 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gear" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="OMG!" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Review" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="comparison" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM Lens" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="lens review" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1623</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. On March 19th, 2010, Canon released the updated version of their famed workhorse, the EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens. I have spent the last three days taking mine through its paces, and today I&#8217;m going to share my findings. I&#8217;ve [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />On March 19th, 2010, Canon released the updated version of their famed workhorse, the EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens. I have spent the last three days taking mine through its paces, and today I&#8217;m going to share my findings.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ve been waiting for this update to the 70-200mm F2.8L IS lens for over two years. It was my workhorse lens since I bought my version one copy in 2006, and I was very happy with my results from it when I was using a 5D as my main camera. As soon as I upgraded to the 1Ds Mark III and then also shooting with the 5D Mark II, it became obvious that this camera was not resolving images quite enough to produce sharp shots when used wide open at F2.8 on these 21 megapixel cameras.</p>
<p>To compound the problem, at about the same time as I bought the 1Ds Mark III, I also bought a 300mm F2.8 L lens, which is as sharp as tacks, even when used wide open at F2.8. This is not an apples to apples comparison of course, as it is rare that a zoom lens will be as sharp as a prime lens, and the 300mm F2.8 is an exceptionally sharp prime lens. Still though, the timing of the purchase certainly affected how I felt about my old 70-200mm, and I found myself reaching for this lens less and less over the two years or so that followed.</p>
<p>Although I would usually part exchange my old lens when I buy a new one like this, I decided to keep my old 70-200 until I&#8217;d run some tests, so that&#8217;s exactly what I&#8217;ve been doing for the last three days. I thought it would be great if I could not only review the new version, but also I really wanted to compare it with the old one, to see if there really was a difference. This will also help those of you that current own a version one 70-200, and want to know if it&#8217;s worth upgrading or not. The definitive answer of course is, &#8220;it depends&#8221;. What I will say at this point is if you are already happy with the results you are getting with your current lens then don&#8217;t sweat it. There&#8217;s no need to upgrade if you are getting the results you want. The following review will just give you some additional information to help you make a comparison and weigh up the benefits against the cost if you are thinking about an upgrade.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">What&#8217;s in the box?</span></strong></p>
<p>The lens comes with a nice strong case, not the usual gray pouches  that most lenses come with, which is nice for when you just want to  throw it over your shoulder for more casual shooting about town for  example. One word of advice about the case though, is attach an old  camera strap and not the centimeter wide strap that comes with it, as  that thing will cut your arm off from the shoulder if you walk around  with it all day.</p>
<div id="attachment_1624" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 564px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1624" title="What's in the box?" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3748.jpg" alt="What's in the box?" width="554" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">What&#39;s   in the box?</p></div>
<p>You&#8217;ll also find the usual lens cap, rear dust cap, instructions manual, warranty card and a nice newly designed lens hood, as well as the lens itself of course. The box itself is considerable bigger than the original 70-200s box, as you can see below.</p>
<div id="attachment_1626" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 511px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1626" title="New Box is Much Larger" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3704.jpg" alt="New Box is Much Larger" width="501" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">New Box is Much Larger</p></div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Newly Designed Lens Hood</span></strong></p>
<p>As I said, the lens hood design has been changed, and there&#8217;s now a little button that you have to press before you can turn the lens to take it off the lens, both when it&#8217;s attached backwards for storage, or attached in the normal shooting position. This is actually a great improvement in my opinion. I found that the old lens hood turned too easily, especially after a little wear, so it could either drop off, or turn slightly while you are shooting, and because of the shape of the hood, if it turned, it could theoretically give rise to vignetting. Although this never happened to me with the old hood, I have noticed it in a rotated position in the past after walking with the lens dangling by my side, and had to straighten it up before shooting.</p>
<div id="attachment_1627" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 592px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1627 " title="New   Hood Release Button" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3713.jpg" alt="New Hood Release Button" width="582" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">New Hood Release Button</p></div>
<p>The new hood is also a matte finish, rather than the glossy plastic that the original hood had. The inside of the hood has a felt-like material on it, the same as the original one, but the matte plastic on the outside will make handling the hood better, compared to the glossy plastic old hood, which could be a little slippy to handle, especially with dry hands.</p>
<div id="attachment_1630" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 465px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1630" title="Comparison with Hoods" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3721.jpg" alt="Comparison with Hoods" width="455" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Comparison with Hoods</p></div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Wider Focusing Ring</strong></span></p>
<p>Minor changes are that the new 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens is about 2mm longer than the original, and has some smoother curves in places, and a lower profile switch panel. Externally the other obvious change and another improvement is the larger focusing ring. The new versions focusing ring is about 1.5 times wider than the original, which means you won&#8217;t have to search for the ring to manually focus while shooting. This is another one of those things that I didn&#8217;t realize was a problem until they fixed it, but I do seem to recall fumbling for this ring in the past. I manually tweak focus quite a lot, especially when shooting with LiveView, and I found it was just there for my hand when I reached for it, but I didn&#8217;t notice that the ring was bigger until I lined the two lenses up side by side to photograph them to illustrate this Podcast episode.</p>
<div id="attachment_1631" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 588px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1631 " title="Comparison of Old and New" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3723.jpg" alt="Comparison of Old and New" width="578" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Comparison of Old and New</p></div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Internal Updates</span></strong></p>
<p>Internally, the new version now has 1 fluorite and 5 UD elements, compared to 4 UD elements and no fluorite lenses in the old version. The 70-200mm F4 lens also has a fluorite element, and has historically been much sharper than the F2.8 lens, even at F4, so the fluorite element is a welcome addition to the new 70-200mm F2.8 lens.</p>
<p>Of course, the other nice changes is an additional stop of Image Stabilization. The original lens had 3 stop IS, and the new one is purported to have 4 stops of IS. This I guess and the other changes mean that the already somewhat heavy 70-200mm F2.8 lens, at 1470g is now 20g heavier in this version II incarnation, at 1490g. Either lens will start to take its toll on your arms and shoulders if used hand-held for any length of time, but once you are used to that, it&#8217;s definitely a hand-holdable lens, especially with it&#8217;s now 4 stop Image Stabilization.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Shorter Minimum Focus Distance</span></strong></p>
<p>One other improvement that I should note that I&#8217;m very happy to see is that the new version now has a shorter minimum focus distance, which means you can get closer to your subject than you could before. Now, the specifications for this lens differ from the Japan site and the US Canon Web site. On the Japan site, and on the lens barrel itself I should note, it says that the minimum focus distance for the old version is 140cm, but on the US site, it says 1.3m or 130cm. Assuming that what it says on the lens itself if correct, the version II now gives us 20cm shorter minimal focus distance, which is actually very important when shooting flowers for example, or even portraits say, when you really want to fill the frame with the subjects face.</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<div id="attachment_1640" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 482px"><strong><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><img class="size-full wp-image-1640" title="Focus Test Chart? Check!" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200mmF2.8LIIUSM_20100321_3384.jpg" alt="Focus Test Chart? Check!" width="472" height="600" /></span></strong></strong><p class="wp-caption-text">Focus Test Chart? Check!</p></div>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Auto-Focus Tests</strong></span></p>
<p>So, I did a number of tests with charts etc. and I did a lot of real-world shooting as well, which we&#8217;ll get to later. First, let&#8217;s take a look at how the lens fairs under some relatively strict but by no means scientific tests. The first thing I did, and I advice anyone to do when you buy a new lens, is to download and print out a lens test chart and do some tests. I used Tim Jackson&#8217;s <a href="http://focustestchart.com/chart.html">Focus Test Chart</a>, but you can also buy something like one of the <a href="http://bit.ly/mbplap">Lens Align Pro Focus Calibration</a> products, which I think I&#8217;m going to pick up at some point. Auto-focus accuracy can vary per copy, and although Canon manufacturing and quality assurance standards are very high, occasionally a bad copy gets through the production line, and you usually only have a week or two to check if yours is OK, and still be able to return it to the shop from which you bought it. Because of this, I test all of my new lenses for this as soon as I buy them.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ve included a photo of the chart that I shot wide open at F2.8 for your reference, but because the lens performed exactly as I&#8217;d expect, with the focus spot on after laying the test chart on the table, then shooting it from a 45° angle, and the using the auto focus to focus on the center line, I&#8217;m not going to share the full details of the test. Basically I shot the chart at 70mm, 115mm and 200mm, and worked my way through the apertures from F2.8, F3.2, F4, F5.6, F8, F11, F16, F22 and F32. The lens focused right on the line, and the results were fine.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Resolution Tests</span></strong></p>
<p>I did want to see how sharp the lens was, both as a stand-alone test, to see if it lives up to my expectations, and in comparison to the original 70-200mm F2.8 lens, so I also photographed an <a href="http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/%7Ewestin/misc/res-chart.html">ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart</a>, that I downloaded from Cornell University&#8217;s Web site.</p>
<div id="attachment_1643" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1643" title="ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3758.jpg" alt="ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart" width="800" height="505" /><p class="wp-caption-text">ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart</p></div>
<p>The results were very favorable for the new version of the 70-200mm lens. I created a few animated GIF files that we&#8217;ll look at below to illustrate the difference in the resolving power between the two lenses. This first animation shows a comparison of the center of the chart shot with both lenses wide open at F2.8, at 70mm, 115mm and 200mm. We can see from this that the version II lens is just so much sharper than the old version at both extremes of its focal length, and in the middle. I start with the old version of the lens, and then switch to the version II image for each focal length, and you can just see the focus snap in as I switch to the version II image each time. This is very impressive to me.</p>
<div id="attachment_1644" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 727px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1644" title="Wide Open F2.8 @ 70mm, 115mm and 200mm Comparisons" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/Canon_EF_F2_8L_IS_II_USM_Lens_Test_Animation_F2_8_only.gif" alt="Wide Open F2.8 @ 70mm, 115mm and 200mm Comparisons" width="717" height="641" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Wide Open F2.8 @ 70mm, 115mm and 200mm Comparisons</p></div>
<p>Note that these animations are 100% crops of the original RAW files, and I ran only the default sharpening that Lightroom applies to all RAW files, unless you change the settings. There&#8217;s nothing else done to these images</p>
<p>The next animation shows the center of the chart, shot at 115mm focal length, and I rotate through all main apertures from F2.8 right down to the smallest aperture at F32. Although lenses generally get pretty soft due to diffraction when you stop them down through F16 and smaller, I shot F22 and F32 images as well, so that we could see just how much diffraction affects this lens, and again, I was very pleased with the results. As we cycle through the apertures, the first thing that you&#8217;ll notice is that the lens is sharp wide open at F2.8, and doesn&#8217;t really change through to F11, and then starts to get very slightly softer at F16, but even at F22 is suffers very little from diffraction, and even F32 is usable if you really needed the additional depth-of-field that this smallest aperture will provide, if you can accept a slightly soft image. Note too that at F32, to my eye, the lens is still sharper than the original version of this lens at F2.8, so again, I&#8217;m very happy with these results.</p>
<div id="attachment_1647" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 727px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1647" title="100%  Crop Full Aperture Range @ 115mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/100Percent_Crop_Center_Full_Range_at_115mm_Animation.gif" alt="100% Crop Full Aperture Range @ 115mm" width="717" height="641" /><p class="wp-caption-text">100% Crop Full Aperture Range @ 115mm</p></div>
<p>So far we&#8217;ve looked at the center of the chart, which I shot obviously with the center of the lens. As you know though, most lenses are less sharp around the edges than they are in the center, so I&#8217;ve also created an animation to show the top right corner of both lenses at F2.8. We can see that the old version of this lens is a mess at the edges at F2.8. (Note here though that the results are slightly skewed, because I was shooting up at the target by a centimeter or so. It was the only place on my wall that I could stick the target!) The results do get slightly better as you stop the lens down of course, but as I like to use lenses wide open, to capture scenes with flowers for example over at the edges, this has been a real pain for me with this lens. Because the chart, even printed out on 13&#215;19&#8243; paper, didn&#8217;t fill the frame at 70mm, this animation only shows the corners when shot at 115mm and 200mm. You can see here that even the version II is much softer in the top corner when used wide open that it is in the center, but within acceptable limits in my option. We can also see that it performs better at 200mm than it does at 115mm.</p>
<div id="attachment_1649" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 727px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1649" title="100%  Crop of Top Right Corner @ 115mm and 200mm" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/F2.8_100Percent_Crop_Top_Right_Corner_Animation.gif" alt="100% Crop of Top Right Corner @ 115mm and 200mm" width="717" height="641" /><p class="wp-caption-text">100% Crop of Top Right Corner  @ 115mm and 200mm</p></div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Real-World Examples</span></strong></p>
<p>These tests are all well and good, but I know you also want to see how the lens fairs in the field. Again, I like to shoot the lens wide open, and as that&#8217;s usually the weakest aperture for most lenses, especially zoom lenses, I shot many of these examples wide open at F2.8. This first example photo, of a field of oilseed rape flowers, has the main subject along the right third, with the flower head close to the top of the frame.</p>
<div id="attachment_1651" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1651 " title="Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3086.jpg" alt="Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II</p></div>
<p>I&#8217;m only going to include the 70-200mm F2.8 version II image here, as at the Web size, you really can&#8217;t see the difference between this and the version I image. But here are two 100% crops, first of from the Version I lens, and then from the version II lens.</p>
<div id="attachment_1652" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 709px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1652" title="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version I" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3081_100_Percent_Crop.jpg" alt="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version I" width="699" height="763" /><p class="wp-caption-text">100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version I</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1654" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 709px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1654" title="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3086_100_Percent_Crop.jpg" alt="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" width="699" height="763" /><p class="wp-caption-text">100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II</p></div>
<p>You can see that the Version II lens has produced a much sharper image, even though the subject that I cropped out here is close to the edge of the lens, albeit not the very corner. Note that if you want to get a very quick comparison without scrolling, you can click the thumbnails at the bottom of this post, and navigate back and forth by clicking on the left and right side of the images.</p>
<p>I should note too that the original lens, although certainly softer, has produced a very nice image. If you are happy with that amount of sharpness, then you certainly won&#8217;t need to run out and buy the updated version. Let&#8217;s continue to look at some examples though, before you fully make up your mind.</p>
<p>I know that many people also use this lens as a portrait lens, so I paid a visit to my friendly Barber again, and asked him to pose for a few shots, again using both lenses for comparison.</p>
<div id="attachment_1656" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1656" title="My Barber - Ishioka-san" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3459.jpg" alt="My Barber - Ishioka-san" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">My Barber - Ishioka-san</p></div>
<p>Below again are two 100% crops of images from both the old and new version of this lens for comparison.</p>
<div id="attachment_1657" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 786px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1657" title="100% Crop with Version I of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3479-2.jpg" alt="100% Crop with Version I of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" width="776" height="627" /><p class="wp-caption-text">100% Crop with Version I of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens</p></div>
<p>Again, very acceptable sharpness, but here&#8217;s a 100% crop from the version II lens.</p>
<div id="attachment_1658" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 786px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1658" title="100% Crop with Version II of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3459-2.jpg" alt="100% Crop with Version II of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" width="776" height="627" /><p class="wp-caption-text">100% Crop with Version II of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens</p></div>
<p>So again, although the old version has produced a nice image, even wide open, the new version is sharper. I should also note here that if you think I&#8217;m being cruel by showing you a 100% crop of my barbers wrinkles, note that he&#8217;s over sixty years old. My eyes are more wrinkled than this and I&#8217;m 20 years younger than him!</p>
<p>Next I made a trip to a local temple called Daienji, and tried out the new four stop Image Stabilization. I have to say that I was not totally impressed with this. Not unimpressed with the IS in general, but I did not get great results as often as I&#8217;d hoped. I did get some usable shots though, and have in fact uploaded these last few images to my online gallery, so you can jump to them with their number that I&#8217;ll call out as I usually do as we look at these last few real-world example images.</p>
<p>First up is image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2517">2517</a>, of some Jizou statues at the temple. I shot wide open at F2.8, and focused on the nearest eye, as I would a portrait shot. I noticed the lens searched quite a lot here, but it was very dark. The sun had already very low in the sky, and behind buildings. The temple grounds are walled in too, so there was little available light. I found though that the lens search less when I zoomed in, and got rid of some lighter patches in the background. It didn&#8217;t feel great, but this only happened with this subject, so I&#8217;m not going to panic about this just yet. I&#8217;ll update you later though if I see more of this searching. Let&#8217;s also bear in mind that this exposure required 1/30th of a second at ISO 200, so you can appreciate that there was not a lot of light.</p>
<div id="attachment_1664" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1664 " title="Daienji Temple Jizou @ F2.8 1/30 ISO 200" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3518.jpg" alt="Daienji Temple Jizou @ F2.8 1/30 ISO 200" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Daienji Temple Jizou @ F2.8 1/30 ISO 200</p></div>
<p>In the next image, number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2519">2519</a>, I was shooting at 125mm which means if you use the rule of thumb of using the focal length as the minimum shutter speed, i.e. 1/125th of a second, we can calculate that four stops below that is 1/6th of a second with ISO 100.</p>
<div id="attachment_1666" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1666 " title="Potchari Jizou @ F2.8 1/6 ISO 100" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3544.jpg" alt="Potchari Jizou @ F2.8 1/6 ISO 100" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Potchari Jizou @ F2.8 1/6 ISO 100</p></div>
<p>Here I was testing that the new four stop Image Stabilization was as  good as I&#8217;d hoped. I was kneeling in a similar position to my MBP  Kneeling Man logo, but cranked over to one side a little to avoid an  obstacle, so it wasn&#8217;t the most stable pose to shoot from, but I ended  up shooting around 20 frames of this subject, and only about three were  sharp. The others ranged from slightly soft to totally blurry.</p>
<div id="attachment_1667" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1667" title="Kareshi no Shashin F11 1/6400 ISO  100" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3243.jpg" alt="Kareshi no Shashin F11 1/6400 ISO 100" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kareshi no Shashin F11 1/6400 ISO 100</p></div>
<p>I&#8217;d focused between the eye and the nose, to get some definition in the shape of the nose, and get the inside of the eye sharp, kind of juggling priorities to still get an overall well focused image, without increasing my depth-of-field. I use all sorts of tricks to keep my lenses wide open. <img src='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':-)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p>I actually uploaded six images shot with the new version II 70-200mm at this temple to Flickr and my Web site, but I&#8217;ll skip them here for the sake of time. I will put a link into the show-note though that will list all images shot with this lens in my online gallery, if you want to take a look.</p>
<p>As I was walking out of the Showa Memorial Park on Saturday afternoon, the sun was low in the sky, and there were lots of people still on the boating lake, and I shot one last image that I&#8217;d like to leave you with today, and that is number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2516">2516</a> (right).</p>
<p>I shot this with an aperture of F11, and a shutter speed of 1/6400 of a second, because the sun was very bright reflecting off the water. I didn&#8217;t mind this as I didn&#8217;t particularly need a shallow depth-of-field here, and I didn&#8217;t really want to take the time to fit an ND filter, as there were a lot of people on the lake, and chances like this, with just one boat in the frame were not going to come along so often. I really like this image though, with the well defined silhouette figures of the young couple enjoying a later afternoon row on the lake. There&#8217;s even a little bonus duck paddling along the top of the frame.</p>
<p>I just wanted to share this with you as a last example of the quality of this lens though, especially as I haven&#8217;t shown you any real-world examples with the lens stopped down below F2.8 yet.</p>
<p>Here though is a 100% crop (below) of the young woman and half of the guy in the boat. I&#8217;m sure you&#8217;ll agree that the sharpness of these silhouettes is incredible. Also the way the lens handled the specula highlights is pretty impressive too. There&#8217;s nowhere that these highlights are overly bleeding into the silhouette of the couple. At least when I zoomed in to look at this one, I had one of those hair-standing-up-on-the-back-of-my-head moments.</p>
<div id="attachment_1669" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 788px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1669" title="100% Crop - Kareshi no Shashin" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3243_100_Percent_Crop.jpg" alt="100% Crop - Kareshi no Shashin" width="778" height="532" /><p class="wp-caption-text">100% Crop - Kareshi no Shashin</p></div>
<p>So there you have my initial thoughts about the new <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp70-200" target="_blank">EF 70-200F2.8L IS II USM Lens</a> from Canon. if you currently own a version one lens and are using it with a high resolution camera like the 5D Mark II or 1Ds Mark III, and if you are happy with your results, then you have nothing to worry about. I personally think the upgrade is worth it to get images this sharp wide-open. Even stopped down, the version is not as sharp as the new version, because it is simply out-resolved by the 21 megapixel sensors. As I say though, if you are happy with your current results, don&#8217;t sweat it.</p>
<p>I though am very pleased that I now have my workhorse 70-200 F2.8 lens back. Wild-horses couldn&#8217;t have kept me from digging deep for this one, and now that I&#8217;ve tested it out, I&#8217;m very pleased that I took the plunge.</p>
<hr /><strong>NOTE: </strong>The week after this Podcast/Blog post, I did a <a href="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed" target="_blank">follow up review</a>, having tested the Version II F2.8 lens with the 1.4X and 2X Extenders (teleconverters). You can read and listen to the follow up review here:</p>
<p><a href="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed" target="_blank">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/29/podcast-236-the-ef-70-200mm-f2-8l-is-ii-usm-lens-with-extenders/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Buying this lens from B&amp;H? Use this link and support this Web site: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbp70-200" target="_blank">http://bit.ly/mbp70-200</a></p>
<p>Lens Align Pro Focus Calibration: <a href="http://bit.ly/mbplap">http://bit.ly/mbplap</a></p>
<p>Tim Jackson&#8217;s Focus Test Chart: <a href="http://focustestchart.com/chart.html">http://focustestchart.com/chart.html</a></p>
<p>Cornell University&#8217;s Resolution Test Chart: <a href="http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/%7Ewestin/misc/res-chart.html">http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/~westin/misc/res-chart.html</a></p>
<p>View all of my 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM Lens images: <a href="http://bit.ly/70-200VII">http://bit.ly/70-200VII</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep235.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/whats-in-the-box/' title='What&#039;s in the box?'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3748-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="What&#039;s in the box?" title="What&#039;s in the box?" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/new-box-is-much-larger/' title='New Box is Much Larger'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3704-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="New Box is Much Larger" title="New Box is Much Larger" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/new-hood-release-button/' title='New Hood Release Button'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3713-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="New Hood Release Button" title="New Hood Release Button" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/comparison-with-hoods/' title='Comparison with Hoods'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3721-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Comparison with Hoods" title="Comparison with Hoods" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/comparison-of-old-and-new/' title='Comparison of Old and New'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3723-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Comparison of Old and New" title="Comparison of Old and New" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/focus-test-chart-check/' title='Focus Test Chart? Check!'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200mmF2.8LIIUSM_20100321_3384-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Focus Test Chart? Check!" title="Focus Test Chart? Check!" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/iso-12233-resolution-test-chart/' title='ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_EF70-200F2.8LIIUSM_20100322_3758-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart" title="ISO 12233 Resolution Test Chart" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/100percent_crop_center_full_range_at_115mm_animation/' title='100% Crop Full Aperture Range @ 115mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/100Percent_Crop_Center_Full_Range_at_115mm_Animation-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="100% Crop Full Aperture Range @ 115mm" title="100% Crop Full Aperture Range @ 115mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/canon_ef_f2_8l_is_ii_usm_lens_test_animation_f2_8_only/' title='Wide Open F2.8 @ 70mm, 115mm and 200mm Comparisons'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/Canon_EF_F2_8L_IS_II_USM_Lens_Test_Animation_F2_8_only-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Wide Open F2.8 @ 70mm, 115mm and 200mm Comparisons" title="Wide Open F2.8 @ 70mm, 115mm and 200mm Comparisons" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/f2-8_100percent_crop_top_right_corner_animation/' title='100% Crop of Top Right Corner @ 115mm and 200mm'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/F2.8_100Percent_Crop_Top_Right_Corner_Animation-150x150.gif" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="100% Crop of Top Right Corner @ 115mm and 200mm" title="100% Crop of Top Right Corner @ 115mm and 200mm" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/oilseed-rape-with-70-200mm-f2-8-version-ii/' title='Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3086-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" title="Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/100-crop-oilseed-rape-with-70-200mm-f2-8-version-i/' title='100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version I'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3081_100_Percent_Crop-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version I" title="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version I" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/100-crop-oilseed-rape-with-70-200mm-f2-8-version-ii/' title='100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3086_100_Percent_Crop-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" title="100% Crop - Oilseed Rape with 70-200mm F2.8 Version II" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/the-barber/' title='My Barber - Ishioka-san'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3459-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="My Barber - Ishioka-san" title="My Barber - Ishioka-san" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/the-barber-2/' title='100% Crop with Version I of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3479-2-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="100% Crop with Version I of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" title="100% Crop with Version I of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/the-barber-3/' title='100% Crop with Version II of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3459-2-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="100% Crop with Version II of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" title="100% Crop with Version II of the 70-200mm F2.8L Lens" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/daienji-temple-jizou/' title='Daienji Temple Jizou @ F2.8 1/30 ISO 200'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3518-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Daienji Temple Jizou @ F2.8 1/30 ISO 200" title="Daienji Temple Jizou @ F2.8 1/30 ISO 200" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/potchari-jizou/' title='Potchari Jizou @ F2.8 1/6 ISO 100'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MG_3544-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Potchari Jizou @ F2.8 1/6 ISO 100" title="Potchari Jizou @ F2.8 1/6 ISO 100" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/kareshi-no-shashin/' title='Kareshi no Shashin F11 1/6400 ISO 100'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3243-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kareshi no Shashin F11 1/6400 ISO 100" title="Kareshi no Shashin F11 1/6400 ISO 100" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/100-crop-kareshi-no-shashin/' title='100% Crop - Kareshi no Shashin'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20100320_3243_100_Percent_Crop-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="100% Crop - Kareshi no Shashin" title="100% Crop - Kareshi no Shashin" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/24/podcast-235-canon-ef-70-200f2-8l-is-ii-usm-review/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>22</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep235.mp3" length="35706201" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
On March 19th, 2010, Canon released the updated version of their famed workhorse, the EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens. I have spent the last three days taking mine through its paces, and today I’m going to share my findings.
I’ve been waiting for this update to the 70-200mm F2.8L IS lens for over two years. It was my workhorse lens since I bought my version one copy in 2006, and I was very happy with my results from it when I was using a 5D as my main camera. As soon as I upgraded to the 1Ds Mark III and then also shooting with the 5D Mark II, it became obvious that this camera was not resolving images quite enough to produce sharp shots when used wide open at F2.8 on these 21 megapixel cameras.
To compound the problem, at about the same time as I bought the 1Ds Mark III, I also bought a 300mm F2.8 L lens, which is as sharp as tacks, even when used wide open at F2.8. This is not an apples to apples comparison of course, as it is rare that a zoom lens will be as sharp as a prime lens, and the 300mm F2.8 is an exceptionally sharp prime lens. Still though, the timing of the purchase certainly affected how I felt about my old 70-200mm, and I found myself reaching for this lens less and less over the two years or so that followed.
Although I would usually part exchange my old lens when I buy a new one like this, I decided to keep my old 70-200 until I’d run some tests, so that’s exactly what I’ve been doing for the last three days. I thought it would be great if I could not only review the new version, but also I really wanted to compare it with the old one, to see if there really was a difference. This will also help those of you that current own a version one 70-200, and want to know if it’s worth upgrading or not. The definitive answer of course is, “it depends”. What I will say at this point is if you are already happy with the results you are getting with your current lens then don’t sweat it. There’s no need to upgrade if you are getting the results you want. The following review will just give you some additional information to help you make a comparison and weigh up the benefits against the cost if you are thinking about an upgrade.
What’s in the box?
The lens comes with a nice strong case, not the usual gray pouches  that most lenses come with, which is nice for when you just want to  throw it over your shoulder for more casual shooting about town for  example. One word of advice about the case though, is attach an old  camera strap and not the centimeter wide strap that comes with it, as  that thing will cut your arm off from the shoulder if you walk around  with it all day.
What&#039;s   in the box?
You’ll also find the usual lens cap, rear dust cap, instructions manual, warranty card and a nice newly designed lens hood, as well as the lens itself of course. The box itself is considerable bigger than the original 70-200s box, as you can see below.
New Box is Much Larger
Newly Designed Lens Hood
As I said, the lens hood design has been changed, and there’s now a little button that you have to press before you can turn the lens to take it off the lens, both when it’s attached backwards for storage, or attached in the normal shooting position. This is actually a great improvement in my opinion. I found that the old lens hood turned too easily, especially after a little wear, so it could either drop off, or turn slightly while you are shooting, and because of the shape of the hood, if it turned, it could theoretically give rise to vignetting. Although this never happened to me with the old hood, I have noticed it in a rotated position in the past after walking with the lens dangling by my side, and had to straighten it up before shooting.
New Hood Release Button
The new hood is also a matte finish, rather than the glossy plastic that the original hood had. The inside of the hood has a felt-like material on it, the same [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. On March 19th, 2010, Canon released the updated version of their famed workhorse, the EF 70-200mm F2.8L IS II USM lens. I have spent the last three days taking mine through its [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 234 : Camera and Photo Imaging Show 2010</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 16 Mar 2010 14:17:39 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Exhibition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gear" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Musings" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Review" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Canon" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="EOS Movie" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Epson" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="fluid head" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gitzo" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Manfrotto" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Nikon" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1581</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. This year marked the start of a new event, the Camera and Photo Imaging Show, at the Pacifico Yokohama exhibition hall. I can see from the updated Web site, which is at cpplus.jp, that they had around 41,000 visitors over the four [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />This year marked the start of a new event, the Camera and Photo Imaging Show, at the Pacifico Yokohama exhibition hall. I can see from the updated Web site, which is at cpplus.jp, that they had around 41,000 visitors over the four days of the event, which I guess isn&#8217;t bad for a new show. The day I visited, March 13th, had the most visitors with almost 13,000. It wasn&#8217;t particular crowded when I was there, but I left at just after noon for some Canon Video Seminars nearby, that I&#8217;ll talk about later.</p>
<p>The show was free to attend if you registered in advance, and I arrived just as they opened at 10AM. I shot images with my iPhone, so that I could upload to Twitter as I went around the show. If you don&#8217;t already <a href="http://twitter.com/MartinBailey" target="_blank">follow me on Twitter</a>, and would be interested in these kinds of updates, please do follow me, as I rarely announce that I&#8217;m going to do this sort of thing beforehand. I chose the 1D Mark IV as my DSLR, because I wanted the good quality high ISO images, and I also knew that I wasn&#8217;t going to need the highest resolution possible.</p>
<div id="attachment_1585" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1585 " title="Welcome to CP+ 2010" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3449.jpg" alt="Welcome to CP+ 2010" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Welcome to CP+ 2010</p></div>
<p>As I entered the exhibition hall, the first stall to my right was the Epson stand, and then in front of that was the huge Canon stand. Although Epson were the closest, the Canon stand was the first to come into sight. I got a distinct feeling that Canon put a lot into this new show. I tweeted an iPhone image of part of the stand, with all of the big white lenses that Canon usually lines up for people to look through, and we can see from the image that they were also making a point of their 50 millionth EF lens sale, from 1987 to 2009. Which reminds me, I pick up my new 70-200mm F2.8 version II lens hopefully this coming Friday, the 19th of March, and if possible, I&#8217;ll be reviewing this lens in comparison to the old version in next week&#8217;s Podcast and blog post, so stay tuned for that if you are interested.<span id="more-1581"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_1582" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 556px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1582 " title="Canon Stand with Big Gun White Lenses" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_0070.jpg" alt="Canon Stand with Big Gun White Lenses" width="546" height="420" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Canon Stand with Big Gun White Lenses</p></div>
<p>As you can see from the next picture, Canon also put on their usual slew of models for people to shoot, using their own camera or the ones provided. It&#8217;s probably no surprise that the big gun white lenses are also pointing this way. There was also an area behind the stand, like a large L shape surrounding the two areas I just showed you, where Canon was showing their cameras and printers. They had the new iPF6350 and iPF 6300, 24&#8243; printers on display. I&#8217;m still very interested in this format, to enable me to do my own large prints, but as I mentioned last year, I have to move apartments first, and that is taking me longer than expected. <img src='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_sad.gif' alt=':-(' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<div id="attachment_1586" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1586 " title="Canon Stand" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3458.jpg" alt="Canon Stand" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Canon Stand</p></div>
<p>It was nice to see some large prints, including canvases that Canon had done with their wide roll paper printers. Being a fan of the large print, it got me all the more fired up about wanting to move and get myself one of these big printers. I asked one of the Canon reps if they had any intention to remove the silly borders that they enforce on the user when printing to their fine art papers from the Pro 9500 series printers, and he didn&#8217;t have a clue. That&#8217;s to be expected of course. I told them that I&#8217;d provided the photography community with a workaround, which has been popular, and that Canon are probably losing at least some sales because of this restriction. He politely thanked me for the feedback, and of course I know that he will forget this the moment I walk away. But, I feel that I have a moral duty to tell Canon that this was a very silly idea, whenever I get the chance.</p>
<p>From the front of the Canon stand as you face it, if you swung around to your left, you could see the Olympus stand, and they were of course pushing the new Pen camera, and then after that there was the Nikon stand. Probably about two thirds the size of the Canon stand, and with the slightly less prominent position, Nikon didn&#8217;t seem quite as willing to invest in the event.It&#8217;s hard to say if this is a good thing or a bad thing. It was the first year for this event after all, and maybe Nikon even feel that they don&#8217;t have to invest in events like this, and they&#8217;ll still sell lots of cameras.</p>
<p>As we can see from the pretty bad iPhone image that I shot here, instead of models revolving slowly on a merry-go-round, Nikon put on a colorful bush like flower arrangement for their visitors. I actually shot this with one of the DSLRs that they had on display, and it was great for seeing how well the LCD displayed the colors that the camera had captured so well, so I don&#8217;t really want to make fun of this. They obviously put a lot of thought into it. It certainly came across as being just slightly cheap-skate compared to the Canon stand though.</p>
<div id="attachment_1583" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 556px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1583 " title="Nikon Stand" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_0077.jpg" alt="Nikon Stand" width="546" height="420" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Nikon Stand</p></div>
<p>Right in front of the Nikon stand was the Gitzo and Manfrotto stand.  This was actually a small island with Gitzo and Manfrotto on one side,  and Kata Camera Bags on the other side. I was disappointed again in the  reply from the Gitzo rep when I asked if there was anywhere in Japan  that I could get the zips on my Gitzo jacket replaced, because they keep  jamming, and he didn&#8217;t have a clue.</p>
<p>I have been planning to buy a  Manfrotto fluid head for video though, and found the Manfrotto rep very  helpful. He knew roughly what weight each of their fluid heads would  support, I thought it was great that he could walk me through to the  Gitzo room next to theirs, and explain exactly what I would need to  mount their <a href="http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/341506-REG/Manfrotto_519_519_Pro_Video_Fluid.html/BI/5296/KBID/6081" target="_blank">519 Pro Video Fluid Head</a> to a Gitzo Tripod. The he told me that I&#8217;d  need a 75mm bowl adapter, and a Systematic Tripod. When I got home it  made it very easy for me to find what I needed on the B&amp;H Web site,  so full marks to Manfrotto here.</p>
<div id="attachment_1590" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1590 " title="Manfrotto and Gitzo Stand" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3465.jpg" alt="Manfrotto and Gitzo Stand" width="560" height="396" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Manfrotto and Gitzo Stand</p></div>
<p>After this, I went around to the other side of this stand, and found the Kata Camera Bag people. I had heard a lot of good things about the Kata bags, and so decided to take a closer look, and was greeted by a helpful rep called Bellina. I had my Zoom H2 digital recorder with me, and although there isn&#8217;t much point in me recording conversations in Japanese for this Podcast, because Bellina spoke English, after speaking for a while we decided to record a quick interview. So I&#8217;m going to insert that here, and then we&#8217;ll come back and I&#8217;ll talk a little more about my impressions of the Kata Camera Bag line of products.</p>
<div id="attachment_1589" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1589 " title="Bellina from Kata Bags" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3463.jpg" alt="Bellina from Kata Bags" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Bellina from Kata Bags</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;"><em>&lt;&lt;Here I play an interview with Kata Bags, so there&#8217;s no transcript. Listen to or download the audio at the bottom of this post&gt;&gt;</em></p>
<p>It was nice to chat with Bellina, and I was pleased to be able to record that for you guys. I really was very impressed with Kata Camera Bags, and can&#8217;t wait to get a hold of one or two of these and bring you a full review. From what I saw, they are light, well designed and well made. As Bellina said, they design their bags first and foremost around the person that is the photographer, and not around the gear, and I really think they are on to a winner.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s something else that&#8217;s really cool too. If you go to the Kata web site at kata-bags.com, click on the photo link, you will see their Photo Bag Navigator. Here you can narrow down your choices with a number of variables, and the thing that I found most cool was that they list most laptop models from all of the main manufacturers. I have an Acer 9620, and could quickly see which bags I can chose from if I want to carry my laptop as well as my camera gear, and I can tell you, the HB-207 ruck sack style bag is looking pretty tempting.</p>
<p>I don&#8217;t carry my laptop that often though, and for when I also won&#8217;t be carrying so much of my gear, the new 3N1-33 that Bellina showed me and was wearing in the &#8220;X&#8221; Position in the photo I posted on my blog, is totally amazing. The way you can wear and carry the bag is so many different configurations, and the layout of the pockets for quick access to your camera and lenses, as well as the space for and access to your personal belongings is awesome.</p>
<p>I actually didn&#8217;t have much time to walk the floor at the CP+ show, because I&#8217;d registered to attend three Canon seminars that turned out to be just down the road from the show, in a different building. I had maybe another 30 minutes after talking to the Kata folks, so I continued to walk around, and looked at the Lite Panels that were available, including ones with White Balance control on the back, which was pretty impressive. I found that they could also be controlled by a central control unit, rather than going to each light. It didn&#8217;t seem possible to control them from a laptop PC or anything though, which I thought would have been better than making the user buy a separate control unit, but I guess that&#8217;s a good marketing strategy.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Canon EOS Movie Seminars</strong></span></p>
<p>I left the exhibition hall at just after midday, and grabbed a sandwich at the convenience store, then walked the 10 minutes down the road to the Canon EOS Movie Seminars, which were to be held at the Brillia ShortShorts Theater. The first seminar I watched was by a photographer and videographer name Juumonji Bishin. For the most part, I&#8217;d seen the video that was being played, and although beautiful, was starting to feel a little bit disappointed that the seminar was really just rehashing stuff that had already been published.</p>
<p>Then Bishin started talking about his experiences when Canon first came to him with the 5D Mark II when it was still in prototype. Apparently they asked him to take the new camera out and get some photographs for their marketing, to show how good the camera was, but before he left, they said, by the way, this camera can shoot full High Definition video. If you have time to get a few video clips as well, that would be great! Because Bishin has a lot of experience with video, and has used film HD camera for a number of years, he said that he was excited because he immediately realized that the full sized sensor in the 5D Mark II would give him much more ability to shoot with a shallow depth-of-field, compared to even the largest 35mm film HD video cameras, at half the size. He also said that he simply couldn&#8217;t stand digital HD cameras, because the sensors are so ridiculously small.</p>
<p>He went on though to show us what is probably the first DSLR Video shot in the world, outside of what the Canon R&amp;D team would have obviously shot during the development and testing of the camera. It was a small patch of equinox flowers in the rain. It was a simply 15 to 30 second clip, that he says he just shot between shooting stills, to see how it looked. It turned out to be one of the most beautiful, what I call &#8220;moving stills&#8221; that I&#8217;ve seen. The way the rain hit the long tendrils of the equinox flowers, making them bend down then spring back up again, and the light was amazing. I love shooting in the rain, so I was maybe more responsive to this, but it really was a beautiful clip, and to see it on a full sized movie theater screen was great.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ve been shooting this sort of moving still for a while now, and have a number of them from Hokkaido as well that I will share with you soon, but having already gotten the bug to start to do more of this, and after being inspired by one of this year&#8217;s Hokkaido workshop participants, I really enjoyed this clip, and started to feel happy that I&#8217;d attended. After all, it was getting the video bug that made me decide to sign up for these seminars, and I&#8217;ve actually just placed an order for a <a href="http://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/341506-REG/Manfrotto_519_519_Pro_Video_Fluid.html/BI/5296/KBID/6081" target="_blank">Manfrotto 519 Pro Video Fluid Head</a> and some other things from Really Right Stuff to hopefully rig up my cameras so that I can drop them onto a video head easily without having to remove my RRS Arca Swiss type plates. My main focus will remain stills, but I hope you aren&#8217;t going to mind if I talk about video a little bit more in the coming months as I get more into this.</p>
<p>The second seminar that I attended was called &#8220;EOS Movie Practical Techniques from a Pro Photographer. These guys spent a lot of time talking about the new plug-in for Final Cut Pro that will basically enable people to convert video to a better format much quicker than has been possible so far. One of the take-aways was seeing how they used LiveView on a laptop PC and a second HDMI monitor coming straight out of the camera, to accurate focus and view the video stream on a large screen as they shot. I hadn&#8217;t realized that you can attach something like the Manhattan 8.9&#8243; HD monitor screens to the camera and use it for LiveView, and although I knew that you could use LiveView on a Laptop using the EOS Utilities, I hadn&#8217;t really thought of using this for video until now, so this was good information for me.</p>
<p>Probably my biggest take-away here was when they showed some 60fps video played back at 30fps. I knew about this technique, and rather than it looking like slow motion, it just had a dreamy feel to it. I thought that was entirely down to the shallow depth-of-field being used, but then they said that this is how we view our memories. Basically, when we look at something with interest, and commit it to memory, then recall it later, it is played back to us slower than the actual scene was, and this clicked with me instantly. The footage they showed seemed like the recollection of a precious memory.</p>
<p>The last seminar that I attended was on tips and techniques from a music video director. I almost didn&#8217;t sign up for this one, and I almost of wished I hadn&#8217;t. There were a few things that I enjoyed, like watching how the director works with the photographer and seeing the gear that they were using. Again, they had Manhattan HD Monitors and PCs hooked up to the camera, and using all sorts of gear to get their video footage. They also gave a lot of background information on the video that they did called &#8220;the passage&#8221;, which you can see on the Canon web site at the moment as well. They said that when they chose the young Italian model for this video, the agent had told them that she had loads of video experience, and when they turned up to start shooting she said it was her first video job, which I thought was quite funny.</p>
<p>Anyway, a relatively enjoyable afternoon, although Canon&#8217;s handling of the logistics could have been better, and I wished it hadn&#8217;t been so far from the main exhibition hall so that I could have gone back, but in general I&#8217;m pleased I went. My one complain about the whole thing is that it&#8217;s too short. The doors open at 10AM and close at 5PM, so if you want to attend some seminars as well, there really isn&#8217;t enough time to talk to many of the exhibitors. I got to all of the stands that I was interested in, but if I&#8217;d had a few more hours, I could have looked at a few more stands in more detail, to see if I could find any other hidden gems.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>CP+ Web site: <a href="http://cpplus.jp/">http://cpplus.jp/</a></p>
<p>Kata Bags: <a href="http://www.kata-bags.com/">http://www.kata-bags.com/</a></p>
<p>The new Kata 3N1-33 Sling Backpack: <a href="http://www.kata-bags.com/productFRM2HS.asp?p_Id=19773&amp;Version=Photo">http://www.kata-bags.com/productFRM2HS.asp?p_Id=19773&amp;Version=Photo</a></p>
<p>WebSpy giveaway: <a href="http://www.webspy.com.au/blogs/index.php/new-webspy-soho-giveaway/" target="_blank">http://www.webspy.com.au/blogs/index.php/new-webspy-soho-giveaway/</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep234.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/welcome-to-cp-2010/' title='Welcome to CP+ 2010'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3449-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Welcome to CP+ 2010" title="Welcome to CP+ 2010" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/canon-stand-with-big-gun-white-lenses/' title='Canon Stand with Big Gun White Lenses'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_0070-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Canon Stand with Big Gun White Lenses" title="Canon Stand with Big Gun White Lenses" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/canon-stand/' title='Canon Stand'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3458-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Canon Stand" title="Canon Stand" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/nikon-stand/' title='Nikon Stand'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_0077-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Nikon Stand" title="Nikon Stand" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/manfrotto-and-gitzo-stand/' title='Manfrotto and Gitzo Stand'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3465-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Manfrotto and Gitzo Stand" title="Manfrotto and Gitzo Stand" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/bellina-from-kata-bags/' title='Bellina from Kata Bags'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_CP_Plus_20100313_3463-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Bellina from Kata Bags" title="Bellina from Kata Bags" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/16/podcast-234-camera-and-photo-imaging-show-2010/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep234.mp3" length="31239501" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
This year marked the start of a new event, the Camera and Photo Imaging Show, at the Pacifico Yokohama exhibition hall. I can see from the updated Web site, which is at cpplus.jp, that they had around 41,000 visitors over the four days of the event, which I guess isn’t bad for a new show. The day I visited, March 13th, had the most visitors with almost 13,000. It wasn’t particular crowded when I was there, but I left at just after noon for some Canon Video Seminars nearby, that I’ll talk about later.
The show was free to attend if you registered in advance, and I arrived just as they opened at 10AM. I shot images with my iPhone, so that I could upload to Twitter as I went around the show. If you don’t already follow me on Twitter, and would be interested in these kinds of updates, please do follow me, as I rarely announce that I’m going to do this sort of thing beforehand. I chose the 1D Mark IV as my DSLR, because I wanted the good quality high ISO images, and I also knew that I wasn’t going to need the highest resolution possible.
Welcome to CP+ 2010
As I entered the exhibition hall, the first stall to my right was the Epson stand, and then in front of that was the huge Canon stand. Although Epson were the closest, the Canon stand was the first to come into sight. I got a distinct feeling that Canon put a lot into this new show. I tweeted an iPhone image of part of the stand, with all of the big white lenses that Canon usually lines up for people to look through, and we can see from the image that they were also making a point of their 50 millionth EF lens sale, from 1987 to 2009. Which reminds me, I pick up my new 70-200mm F2.8 version II lens hopefully this coming Friday, the 19th of March, and if possible, I’ll be reviewing this lens in comparison to the old version in next week’s Podcast and blog post, so stay tuned for that if you are interested.
Canon Stand with Big Gun White Lenses
As you can see from the next picture, Canon also put on their usual slew of models for people to shoot, using their own camera or the ones provided. It’s probably no surprise that the big gun white lenses are also pointing this way. There was also an area behind the stand, like a large L shape surrounding the two areas I just showed you, where Canon was showing their cameras and printers. They had the new iPF6350 and iPF 6300, 24″ printers on display. I’m still very interested in this format, to enable me to do my own large prints, but as I mentioned last year, I have to move apartments first, and that is taking me longer than expected.  
Canon Stand
It was nice to see some large prints, including canvases that Canon had done with their wide roll paper printers. Being a fan of the large print, it got me all the more fired up about wanting to move and get myself one of these big printers. I asked one of the Canon reps if they had any intention to remove the silly borders that they enforce on the user when printing to their fine art papers from the Pro 9500 series printers, and he didn’t have a clue. That’s to be expected of course. I told them that I’d provided the photography community with a workaround, which has been popular, and that Canon are probably losing at least some sales because of this restriction. He politely thanked me for the feedback, and of course I know that he will forget this the moment I walk away. But, I feel that I have a moral duty to tell Canon that this was a very silly idea, whenever I get the chance.
From the front of the Canon stand as you face it, if you swung around to your left, you could see the Olympus stand, and they were of course pushing the new Pen camera, and then after that there was the Nikon stand. Probably about two thirds the size of the Canon stand, and with the slightly less prominent position, Nikon didn’t seem quite as willing to invest in the event.It’s hard to say if this is a good [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. This year marked the start of a new event, the Camera and Photo Imaging Show, at the Pacifico Yokohama exhibition hall. I can see from the updated Web site, which is at [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 233 : Snow Monkey Tour and Workshop 2010</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2010 14:16:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Workshops" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="jigokudani" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="nature" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="snow monkey" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="wildlife" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1550</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[This week you&#8217;re going join me on my Snow Monkey Photography Tour and Workshop, from Jan 28th to Jan 30, 2010, as I discuss the trip along with looking at some of my images. Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. This year was the first time I added [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week you&#8217;re going join me on my Snow Monkey Photography Tour and Workshop, from Jan 28th to Jan 30, 2010, as I discuss the trip along with looking at some of my images.</p>
<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />This year was the first time I added the option to join me for a three day tour to photograph the Snow Monkeys in Nagano Prefecture, before we headed off to Hokkaido. Ten of the 12 people that had signed up for Hokkaido chose to join me for the Snow Monkey leg, and two more people that live locally had signed up just for the Snow Monkey trip, so we maintained our fully booked status and headed off to Nagano on a chartered bus, on the morning of January 28th. It took us the scheduled 4 hours to get over to Nagano, and we stopped for lunch just outside the town we were to stay in, and photography the monkeys.</p>
<p>To give us the most possible time shooting on this first day, we parked up and headed straight for the Monkey Park, which is about a 40 minute walk from the car park when the track is snow covered. For me as the organizer, this walk was the first hurdle, as we&#8217;d got some more senior participants with us this year, and I was a little worried that they&#8217;d all make it OK, but they were great, and although some of them took their time, we got into the park at Jigokudani, which basically translates as Hell Valley, including the few flights of stone steps up the mountain at the end, which can be pretty tiring.</p>
<p>It wasn&#8217;t that cold, probably around minus 2 degrees Celsius, or 28 degrees Fahrenheit. When you are dressed for standing around in the cold though, a 40 minute walk along an icy mountain track can generate quite a lot of heat, so most people were loosening their clothing on the way out. We arrived at the park just after 1PM, and the group started shooting straight away. Some of us shot the white balance card on the X-Rite Color Passport, to set a custom white balance on our cameras. Color balance and nailing exposure is something that I spend some time on, on the trip, especially as there is snow in many scenes, which makes exposure a little more challenging.</p>
<p>Here&#8217;s a photo of half of my group, around the hot spring pool in which the Snow Monkeys congregate. You can see just how close we get to the monkeys here. They are totally accustomed to us humans being right next to them as they warm themselves in the pool.</p>
<div id="attachment_1554" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1554 " title="The Group" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0150_20100128.jpg" alt="The Group" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">The Group</p></div>
<p>You can also see the wires strung across the side of the valley, across from the pool, and you can see how patchy the snow was, adding a little more challenge to the shooting, trying to get some nice backgrounds. I shot a few wide shots, but because the surrounding weren&#8217;t that attractive again this year, I didn&#8217;t share anything other than portraits of the monkeys.</p>
<p><span id="more-1550"></span>In this next image of another member of our group photographing a monkey with a 17-40mm wide angle lens, and here you can see positive indifference in the monkey&#8217;s expression. You can also see that around the pool there is no settled snow. This is of course because the pool warms the rocks, so it doesn&#8217;t settle much here. Also, although the river banks, that you can also shoot the monkeys on is usually under snow, there was hardly any this year. We were lucky to get a few shots early on the second and third days with snow on the monkeys. We&#8217;ll look at some of these later.</p>
<div id="attachment_1553" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1553 " title="Michael In Action" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0135_20100128.jpg" alt="Michael In Action" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Michael In Action</p></div>
<p>Let&#8217;s start looking through some of my images in the order that I shot them now. There&#8217;s a lot to look through, so I won&#8217;t talk about all the shooting details of each image, to save time. First up is image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2426">2426</a> (below). One of the things that I try to do while shooting the Snow Monkeys is to capture expressions or actions other than the norm. I shot this expression through the steam from the hot water, so there&#8217;s a bit of a lack of contrast, but I was able to salvage enough of an image to share, and I really wanted to do so because I love this expression. It looks to me like a forced smile, or a &#8220;Cheese!&#8221; for the photographer. You can also think of this as being like exaggerated chattering teeth, as the monkey shivers in the cold. Either way, it was a great moment to capture.</p>
<div id="attachment_1555" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1555 " title="Smile Please!" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0275_20100128.jpg" alt="Smile Please!" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Smile Please!</p></div>
<p>That is the only image I want to look at from the first afternoon. I uploaded others, and you can see all of the images in my gallery. I&#8217;ll put a link to list all shots in the show-notes.</p>
<p>The next is image is number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2431">2431</a> (below), from the morning of the 29th. We were lucky enough to have some snow on the second day, so I was excited about the possibility of the group getting some shots of the monkeys with snow on their hair. These are getting more difficult to capture as the snow levels in the valley drop. There are two I want to look at here, and wanted to talk about not being able to see the eyes in this first shot. Normally, I wouldn&#8217;t include an image of an animal without being able to see the eyes, or at least closed eyes, as in some of my favorite Snow Monkey shots from last year.</p>
<div id="attachment_1556" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1556 " title="Looking at Hands" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0414_20100129.jpg" alt="Looking at Hands" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Looking at Hands</p></div>
<p>Here though, I was happy to include this image, because we have such a strong visual clue as to what the eyes are doing. This monkey seems to be staring pensively at his hands, so although the eyes are not visible here, we can imagine them looking at the hands. You could even argue that the photo is stronger for the lack of the eyes, making us think about what the monkey is looking at more. With these monkeys being so much like us humans, we often want them to be highly intelligent, and they are, without doubt. On this occasion though, the monkey was sifting through the snow for seeds, and rather than looking at his hands, he was just checking the snow for seeds to eat. As an image, it still works, but a little background information on this occasion takes the potency out of the image to a degree.</p>
<div id="attachment_1557" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 446px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1557" title="Snowy Hands" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0426_20100129.jpg" alt="Snowy Hands" width="436" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Snowy Hands</p></div>
<p>In the next image, <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2432">2432</a> (left), shot about five minutes later, we see the monkey, again with an interesting gesture. This time his hands are together with fingers locked, in another pose that I for one consider to show thoughtfulness. It&#8217;s poses like this that I look for when shooting these guys. It&#8217;s not always that I see the pose, and then raise the camera. I might already have my camera trained on the subject, but then when they do something like this, I&#8217;ll make the exposure.</p>
<p>The other thing to note here, as I mentioned earlier, is that the snow will mess with your exposure metering here. The background around the head of the monkey here is slightly blown out. If I had left my camera in Aperture Priority mode, I&#8217;d have had to do exposure compensation to make sure the face of the monkey was not too dark in the shadows here. I could of course use spot metering, and meter on the fur, but I personally prefer to just use Manual mode, and take full control. As I set my exposure, I can see that the snow is blowing out slightly, but I can chose to ignore that, to get a good exposure on the monkey. If you allow the background to blow out too much, it can start to bleed into the detail on the edges of the main subject, or that fine fluffy fur around the edge of the monkey here, but the amount I overexposed required 12 points of Recovery in Lightroom to bring under control, so it really isn&#8217;t a problem. You can actually see as well that the light wispy hair actually protect the white snow directly behind it, stopping it from blowing out. The only parts that showed as blow out are pure white, a short distance away from the monkey.</p>
<p>Next we see another gesture in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2433">2433</a> (below), as this cute little monkey sticks his tongue out. I was actually standing above the pool, not on the lower level that we saw some participants standing on earlier. I was looking down to see if everyone was alright, having just been talking with some of the group members on the higher level. I turned and saw this little guy, and noticed his tongue sticking out, as I crouched to photograph him.</p>
<div id="attachment_1558" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1558 " title="Tongue Out" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0466_20100129.jpg" alt="Tongue Out" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Tongue Out</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1559" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1559" title="Hurumph!" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0558_20100129.jpg" alt="Hurumph!" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Hurumph!</p></div>
<p>One thing that I should mention, although it&#8217;s pretty obvious, is that you really need to make sure that the eyes are sharp, when shooting animals. Especially when shooting with a wide aperture it can be difficult to get the focus right on the eyes. If you are shooting across the subject, as I am here, it can sometimes be a good idea to stop down a little, to get both eyes sharp, as I have here, stopping down to F5.6. I will sometimes stay wide when shooting across the subject like this, especially if I&#8217;m a little further away, but when I do, I always try to make sure the nearest eye is sharp. If the furthest eye is sharp it can look pretty weird or just like sloppy focusing.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ve photographed the distinguished macaque in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2438">2438</a> (right) a number of times, and just love doing tight portraits like this one of him. I uploaded a few others as well. Some of them where we can see his teeth as he chews on some grain or grass, but I like this particular image because of his slanted mouth, again, making him somewhat human with a dissatisfied look on his face. I used the 70-200mm F2.8 lens for this, leaning back to achieve the minimum focus distance for this lens. I can&#8217;t wait to take the new 70-200mm out here, as it has a few inches shorter minimal focus distance, which will make it perfect for this location with limited space to shoot from.</p>
<p>I couldn&#8217;t help including image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2439">2439</a> (bel0w), in which we see four monkeys totally relaxed in their hot tub. It&#8217;s nice to get a group like this, all with their eyes closed, and with no other distractions in the frame. One thing to note here is that it can be difficult to get a group like this without cutting off their hands on one side of the frame. It can also be easy for someone with less experience to forget about the edges of the frame too, and only realize that they cut the hands on when they look at the shot on the PC later. It&#8217;s always helpful to scan the edges of the frame to ensure that all of the important elements are in the frame, and equally importantly, that nothing distracting is entering the edges of the frame. Another thing to pay attention to at this location is that people with bright clothing standing above the pool can sometimes reflect in the water, ruining a good shot. If you look at the water in the top right of this image, you can see the shape of someone standing on the edge of the pool, but luckily their clothing didn&#8217;t make them too noticeable. I did point this possibility out to the participants and some had not thought of or noticed this, so it was a good thing to pay attention to.</p>
<div id="attachment_1563" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1563 " title="Hot Tubbers 2010" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_5738_20100129.jpg" alt="Hot Tubbers 2010" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Hot Tubbers 2010</p></div>
<p>In image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2440">2440</a> (below), again I&#8217;ve shot at the moment the macaque to the right looked directly at me. She was being groomed and pretty relaxed, but for some reason turned to look at me as I started to photograph the two of them. Maybe I moved quickly, or the sound of my shutter caught her attention. They are very used to us being there, but sometimes I think we catch their attention, and that worked out OK for me on this occasion.</p>
<div id="attachment_1564" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 553px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1564 " title="Huh!?" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_5740_20100129.jpg" alt="Huh!?" width="543" height="420" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Huh!?</p></div>
<p>The baby monkeys can be incredibly cute, as we can see in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2444">2444</a> (below). This little guy was chewing on something, and so I got that scrunched up nose, as he looked back at something to his side. In addition to being a cute little monkey photograph though, I wanted to mention that I expanded the white snow in the background with the clone tool for this shot, as there was a large dark patch to the right of the monkey as we view the image. The lack of snow can cause problems, and although I rarely clone to this extent, as it was a large expanse of out of focus background, I figured I&#8217;d go for it on this one, so that I could still use a relatively cute shot.</p>
<div id="attachment_1560" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1560 " title="Crumpled Nose" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0899_20100129.jpg" alt="Crumpled Nose" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Crumpled Nose</p></div>
<p>Almost done, this second to last shot, number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2445">2445</a> (below), was a bit of a grab shot, but I was pretty pleased with it. We&#8217;d been shooting down by the river, and a few of us were about to head up the path that we can see this monkey sitting on, and head in to eat lunch, if I recall. Something about the way the monkey was just sitting and staring out across the valley struck me, so I fired off a frame or two. You can also see here that although there has been a lot of snow, it&#8217;s melted off in many places. We really were lucky to be able to get the images with snow on the monkeys that we looked at earlier.</p>
<div id="attachment_1561" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1561 " title="Surveying the Valley" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0924_20100129.jpg" alt="Surveying the Valley" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Surveying the Valley</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1562" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1562" title="Cold Feet" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_1152_20100130.jpg" alt="Cold Feet" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Cold Feet</p></div>
<p>And finally, I wanted to look at image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2449">2449</a> (left), from the last morning, before we headed back to Tokyo. It was a Saturday morning, and the ledge around the hot spring pool was packed with local tourists. I was really happy that I&#8217;d avoided the weekend for our main day, and we spend a few hours shooting around the river and paths, and this was one of my last shots, as the last few participants finished up their shooting. Again, I was just looking for something other than a straight shot, so when this monkey lifted his foot, as if to protect it from the cold snow for a brief time, I made my exposure.</p>
<p>We left at lunch time, and headed back to Tokyo. On the way, I used some of the time on the bus to share my digital workflow with some of the participants, crowded around my laptop screen. This was good to do, as you will often learn something from seeing other&#8217;s work-flows, and I&#8217;m pretty happy with mine, so I thought I&#8217;d share it and it seemed to go down well.</p>
<p>To finish, although I played this in a quick update Podcast before we went to Hokkaido, here&#8217;s some quick comments from some of the participants that I recorded on the bus as we drove back to Tokyo on the Saturday afternoon!</p>
<p>&lt;Playing Recording &#8211; Only available in the audio&gt;</p>
<p>So, that&#8217;s it. We did have a great time over these first three days. I can&#8217;t wait to take another group out there again next year. Note that I am still finalizing the plans for next year, and will be releasing information on the <a href="http://www.mbpworkshops.com/" target="_blank">www.mbpworkshops.com</a> Web site in the very near future. If you would like me to mail you to let you know when any details are announced, please mail me using the <a href="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/contact/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed" target="_self">contact form</a>. Note too that I am thinking of not making the Snow Monkey tour a solo option next year. There will be a shorter Hokkaido tour, and then the following week we&#8217;ll do the Snow Monkey tour, and then go straight to Hokkaido as one group. If there is enough demand to do a second Snow Monkey tour separate of the one integrated with the Hokkaido trip, then I&#8217;ll consider adding a second. If you absolutely, certainly, definitely are only interested in a Snow Monkeys trip and do not want to join us in Hokkaido, please state that when you drop me a line. I&#8217;ll keep that in mind as I finalize the plans.</p>
<p><strong> </strong>I hope you enjoyed your virtual tour with the Snow Monkeys. They are amazing, that&#8217;s for sure.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>View all images: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=Jigokudani_Jan2010" target="_blank">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=Jigokudani_Jan2010</a></p>
<p>Workshops Web site: <a href="http://www.mbpworkshops.com/" target="_blank">http://www.mbpworkshops.com</a></p>
<p>WebSpy giveaway: <a href="http://www.webspy.com.au/blogs/index.php/new-webspy-soho-giveaway/" target="_blank">http://www.webspy.com.au/blogs/index.php/new-webspy-soho-giveaway/</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/" target="_blank">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep233.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/the-group/' title='The Group'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0150_20100128-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="The Group" title="The Group" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/michael-in-action-2/' title='Michael In Action'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0135_20100128-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Michael In Action" title="Michael In Action" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snow-monkeys-2010-2/' title='Smile Please!'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0275_20100128-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Smile Please!" title="Smile Please!" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snow-monkeys-2010-3/' title='Looking at Hands'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0414_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Looking at Hands" title="Looking at Hands" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snowy-hands-2/' title='Snowy Hands'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0426_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Snowy Hands" title="Snowy Hands" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snow-monkeys-2010-4/' title='Tongue Out'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0466_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Tongue Out" title="Tongue Out" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/hurumph-2/' title='Hurumph!'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0558_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Hurumph!" title="Hurumph!" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snow-monkeys-2010-7/' title='Hot Tubbers 2010'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_5738_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Hot Tubbers 2010" title="Hot Tubbers 2010" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snow-monkeys-2010-8/' title='Huh!?'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_5740_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Huh!?" title="Huh!?" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snow-monkeys-2010-5/' title='Crumpled Nose'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0899_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Crumpled Nose" title="Crumpled Nose" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/snow-monkeys-2010-6/' title='Surveying the Valley'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_0924_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Surveying the Valley" title="Surveying the Valley" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/cold-feet-2/' title='Cold Feet'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/03/MBP_Jigokudani_1152_20100130-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Cold Feet" title="Cold Feet" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/03/08/podcast-233-snow-monkey-tour-and-workshop-2010/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep233.mp3" length="29396763" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>This week you’re going join me on my Snow Monkey Photography Tour and Workshop, from Jan 28th to Jan 30, 2010, as I discuss the trip along with looking at some of my images.
Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
This year was the first time I added the option to join me for a three day tour to photograph the Snow Monkeys in Nagano Prefecture, before we headed off to Hokkaido. Ten of the 12 people that had signed up for Hokkaido chose to join me for the Snow Monkey leg, and two more people that live locally had signed up just for the Snow Monkey trip, so we maintained our fully booked status and headed off to Nagano on a chartered bus, on the morning of January 28th. It took us the scheduled 4 hours to get over to Nagano, and we stopped for lunch just outside the town we were to stay in, and photography the monkeys.
To give us the most possible time shooting on this first day, we parked up and headed straight for the Monkey Park, which is about a 40 minute walk from the car park when the track is snow covered. For me as the organizer, this walk was the first hurdle, as we’d got some more senior participants with us this year, and I was a little worried that they’d all make it OK, but they were great, and although some of them took their time, we got into the park at Jigokudani, which basically translates as Hell Valley, including the few flights of stone steps up the mountain at the end, which can be pretty tiring.
It wasn’t that cold, probably around minus 2 degrees Celsius, or 28 degrees Fahrenheit. When you are dressed for standing around in the cold though, a 40 minute walk along an icy mountain track can generate quite a lot of heat, so most people were loosening their clothing on the way out. We arrived at the park just after 1PM, and the group started shooting straight away. Some of us shot the white balance card on the X-Rite Color Passport, to set a custom white balance on our cameras. Color balance and nailing exposure is something that I spend some time on, on the trip, especially as there is snow in many scenes, which makes exposure a little more challenging.
Here’s a photo of half of my group, around the hot spring pool in which the Snow Monkeys congregate. You can see just how close we get to the monkeys here. They are totally accustomed to us humans being right next to them as they warm themselves in the pool.
The Group
You can also see the wires strung across the side of the valley, across from the pool, and you can see how patchy the snow was, adding a little more challenge to the shooting, trying to get some nice backgrounds. I shot a few wide shots, but because the surrounding weren’t that attractive again this year, I didn’t share anything other than portraits of the monkeys.
In this next image of another member of our group photographing a monkey with a 17-40mm wide angle lens, and here you can see positive indifference in the monkey’s expression. You can also see that around the pool there is no settled snow. This is of course because the pool warms the rocks, so it doesn’t settle much here. Also, although the river banks, that you can also shoot the monkeys on is usually under snow, there was hardly any this year. We were lucky to get a few shots early on the second and third days with snow on the monkeys. We’ll look at some of these later.
Michael In Action
Let’s start looking through some of my images in the order that I shot them now. There’s a lot to look through, so I won’t talk about all the shooting details of each image, to save time. First up is image 2426 (below). One of the things that I try to do while shooting the Snow Monkeys is to capture expressions or actions other than the norm. I shot this expression through the steam from the hot water, so there’s a bit of a lack of contrast, but I was able to salvage enough of an image to share, and I really wanted to do so because I love this expression. It looks to me like a forced [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>This week you’re going join me on my Snow Monkey Photography Tour and Workshop, from Jan 28th to Jan 30, 2010, as I discuss the trip along with looking at some of my images. Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 232 : Antarctica 2010 : A Photo Odyssey &#8211; Q&amp;A</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/28/podcast-232-antarctica-2010-a-photo-odyssey-qa/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/28/podcast-232-antarctica-2010-a-photo-odyssey-qa/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 28 Feb 2010 08:08:06 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Announcement" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Workshops" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Antarctica" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Expedition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="South Georgia" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tour" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1523</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[I&#8217;ve teamed up with professional Australian nature photographer David Burren to host a photography expedition to South Georgia and Antarctica from November 8th to 26th this year. Today it gives me great pleasure to welcome David to the Martin Bailey Photography Podcast to answer questions on the expedition. Note that David and I aiming to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="attachment_1528" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 210px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1528" title="David Burren" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/DBP-F1_57D3.jpg" alt="David Burren" width="200" height="200" /><p class="wp-caption-text">David Burren</p></div>
<p>I&#8217;ve teamed up with professional Australian nature photographer David Burren to host a photography expedition to South Georgia and Antarctica from November 8th to 26th this year.</p>
<p>Today it gives me great pleasure to welcome David to the Martin Bailey Photography Podcast to answer questions on the expedition.</p>
<p>Note that David and I aiming to take a group of around 20 people. We&#8217;re already getting people signing up, and places are limited, so if you want to come, you&#8217;ll need to book SOON. The booking form is available at <a href="http://antarctica2010.com/" target="_blank">antarctica2010.com</a>. Once we are fully booked, there will be a wait-list.</p>
<p>There is no transcript for this episode, so you&#8217;ll need to listen with the audio player below, or <a href="http://itunes.apple.com/WebObjects/MZStore.woa/wa/viewPodcast?id=79677184" target="_blank">via iTunes</a> or your favourite MP3 player. Links to all formats are at the bottom of this post.</p>
<p>You can see details of the Antarctica 2010 Photo Odyssey at <a href="http://antarctica2010.com/" target="_blank">antarctica2010.com</a>.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">
<div id="attachment_1527" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 410px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1527 " title="Zodiac in front of Iceberg (© Copyright - David Burren)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/DBP-A2_015891.jpg" alt="Zodiac in front of Iceberg (© Copyright - David Burren)" width="400" height="267" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Zodiac in front of Iceberg (© Copyright - David Burren)</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1525" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 410px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1525" title="In the Zodiac (© Copyright - David Burren)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/DBP-A2_012669.jpg" alt="In the Zodiac (© Copyright - David Burren)" width="400" height="267" /><p class="wp-caption-text">In the Zodiac (© Copyright - David Burren)</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1526" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 610px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1526" title="© Copyright - David Burren" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/DBP-A2_014140.jpg" alt="© Copyright - David Burren" width="600" height="187" /><p class="wp-caption-text">© Copyright - David Burren</p></div>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Antarctica 2010 : A Photo Odyssey: <a href="http://antarctica2010.com/">http://antarctica2010.com/</a></p>
<p>More on David Burren: <a href="http://www.davidburren.com/">http://www.davidburren.com/</a></p>
<p>WebSpy giveaway: <a href="http://www.webspy.com.au/blogs/index.php/new-webspy-soho-giveaway/">http://www.webspy.com.au/blogs/index.php/new-webspy-soho-giveaway/</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep232.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/28/podcast-232-antarctica-2010-a-photo-odyssey-qa/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep232.mp3" length="53296880" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>David Burren
I’ve teamed up with professional Australian nature photographer David Burren to host a photography expedition to South Georgia and Antarctica from November 8th to 26th this year.
Today it gives me great pleasure to welcome David to the Martin Bailey Photography Podcast to answer questions on the expedition.
Note that David and I aiming to take a group of around 20 people. We’re already getting people signing up, and places are limited, so if you want to come, you’ll need to book SOON. The booking form is available at antarctica2010.com. Once we are fully booked, there will be a wait-list.
There is no transcript for this episode, so you’ll need to listen with the audio player below, or via iTunes or your favourite MP3 player. Links to all formats are at the bottom of this post.
You can see details of the Antarctica 2010 Photo Odyssey at antarctica2010.com.

Zodiac in front of Iceberg (© Copyright - David Burren)
In the Zodiac (© Copyright - David Burren)
© Copyright - David Burren
Podcast show-notes:
Antarctica 2010 : A Photo Odyssey: http://antarctica2010.com/
More on David Burren: http://www.davidburren.com/
WebSpy giveaway: http://www.webspy.com.au/blogs/index.php/new-webspy-soho-giveaway/
Music from Music Alley: http://www.musicalley.com/
Audio

Download the Enhanced Podcast M4A files directly.
</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>I’ve teamed up with professional Australian nature photographer David Burren to host a photography expedition to South Georgia and Antarctica from November 8th to 26th this year. Today it gives me great pleasure to welcome David to the Martin [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 231 : Jan 2010 Assignment &#8211; Square Crop &#8211; Results</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/23/podcast-231-jan-2010-assignment-square-crop-results/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/23/podcast-231-jan-2010-assignment-square-crop-results/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2010 12:18:10 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Announcement" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Assignment" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Competition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="assignment" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="competition" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1509</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Today we take a look at the results of the January MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment, on the theme of Square Crop. Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. The Square Crop assignment was much more difficult than I had imagined it would be to come up with something compelling, but [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today we take a look at the results of the January MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment, on the theme of Square Crop.</p>
<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />The Square Crop assignment was much more difficult than I had imagined it would be to come up with something compelling, but many of you rose to the occasion, and as usual, posted some incredible images. Let&#8217;s look at the three images that amassed the most votes from their peers, as usual, in reverse order.</p>
<p>In third place, we have Super Digital Girl, real name Leslie, with a superb photograph, &#8220;Ballerina&#8221; (below). Leslie sent me a little information on this photograph, as follows:</p>
<p><em>This past year I have been working on more documentary style photography so I decided to take a workshop in Connecticut with Elizabeth Opalenik to get in touch with my creative side again. The focus of the workshop was using long exposures and movement to create an impressionistic image. It was a great experience. The dancers were wonderful teenage students from the ballet studio that we shot in.</em></p>
<p><em> </em></p>
<div id="attachment_1511" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 625px"><em><em><img class="size-large wp-image-1511 " title="Ballerina (© Copyright 2010 - Leslie Granda-Hill)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Ballerina-615x615.jpg" alt="Ballerina (© Copyright 2010 - Leslie Granda Hill)" width="615" height="615" /></em></em><p class="wp-caption-text">Ballerina (© Copyright 2010 - Leslie Granda-Hill)</p></div>
<p><em> </em>Well Leslie, I can tell that it was a great experience and you came away with some amazing images. The two bars that run through the lower third of the image form a nice divide, and the third horizontal line separate the floor from the wall. The floor being a slightly darker tone helps to anchor the image too. The obvious star of the shot is the ballerina, placed perfectly in the bottom right corner, and blurred from motion, as she dances. You can almost sense the movement here, despite this being a still photograph. I see from the EXIF data that this was a 1/5 of a second exposure, which turned out excellent. If the exposure was much longer, the subject would be too blurred, and if it was much shorter, the movement would be lost. The lighting and black and white processing you chose here, with a warm yet subtle sepia tone is masterful too. This really is one of the best photographs I&#8217;ve seen for a while. Well done indeed Leslie!</p>
<p><span id="more-1509"></span>In second place, we have Allen Oneal, with the image “Layered Earth” (below). Again Allen has sent us a great back-story, as follows:</p>
<p><em>We have many names for it here. Sometimes we call it &#8220;The Soup&#8221;, &#8220;Tule (two-lee) Fog&#8221;, or &#8220;The Dark Blanket&#8221;, but whatever you call it, dense fog is a fact of life for those of us living in the Central Valley of California. Although I always welcome the winter months (my favorite season), I dread the fog that comes with it.</em></p>
<p><em>Fortunately, there is an escape. Traveling up into the local Sierra Nevada Mountains quickly displaces you from &#8220;The Soup&#8221;. One of my favorite places to visit in winter is the iconic Moro Rock in Sequoia National Park. This massive granite dome offers incredible views of the Great Western Divide mountain range and the Central Valley below.</em></p>
<div id="attachment_1513" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 465px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1513 " title="Layered Earth (© Copyright 2010 - Allen Oneal)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_5178_copy.jpg" alt="Layered Earth (© Copyright 2010 - Allen Oneal)" width="455" height="472" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Layered Earth (© Copyright 2010 - Allen Oneal)</p></div>
<p><em>Recently, myself and two friends made our way out to Moro rock for a quick winter adventure to take in the beauty and to grab a few shots. Once we arrived at Moro Rock, we could immediately see the valley below us and the layers of mountains piercing through the sea of low lying fog. Actually, this is a very typical sight in the winter from here and depending on the time of day and lighting conditions, the view can be very dramatic. At certain times, it almost appears as if you are looking out onto the ocean. This image represents more of an average view.</em></p>
<p><em>When I took this shot, I hadn&#8217;t planned on using it for the square crop assignment but it was originally post-processed with a square crop from the beginning. Although most people seem to dislike square crops, I am a fan and I like to use them from time to time. Once I found out what the January assignment was, I knew of just the shot to use. This was the only square crop image I had made in January and that made it an easy choice.</em></p>
<p><em>I shot this image at 200mm using a 70-200mm zoom in order to isolate the layers and really make them fill the frame. Contrast and white balance were adjusted as well as saturation and clarity in Lightroom. Even though the exposure was centered very well, the sky was just a little too harsh for my taste so I used a graduated ND filter in Lightroom to bring it closer to what I wanted. The only other thing that was added was a slight vignette to bring the viewers attention into the layers.</em></p>
<p><em>One thing I remember well from this trip was the drive home. As we were making our way down the mountain the lighting had changed quite a bit and the layer effect became extremely contrasty. When we came around a corner and saw how much more intense it had become we all got really quiet. It was an incredible view! I started to look for a place to pull over, but there were none to be found. Every turnout was full and I was running late to get home.</em></p>
<p><em>I wish I had turned around that day to find a spot to park but I figured that this view happens so often that we will just get some pictures the next time we come up. Well, even though I didn&#8217;t capture that amazing view on the drive home, the view from earlier in the day was good enough to earn a second place and I couldn&#8217;t be happier with that!</em></p>
<p><em>To everyone in the always friendly MBP community, a big “Thank You”. Your votes are always deeply appreciated! Also, congratulations to Super Digital Girl with the beautiful ballerina image and to Dennis on the winning image. That image of the plant Dennis is just amazing and it got my 1st place vote right away.</em></p>
<p>Well Allen, I don&#8217;t know if the image that got away would have been better, but I do know that I really like this one. You made a wonderful image here. Not only was your initial capture awesome, the work that you did to enhance it as we just heard really paid off. This is very similar to what I&#8217;m finding myself doing sometimes these days too. I bit of a neutral density graduated filter in Lightroom to balance out the sky and the foreground, and a subtle vignette to keep the viewers eyes focused in the frame. It&#8217;s amazing how we pay all this money for good glass that doesn&#8217;t vignette, and then add it back in post! I do like to have that option though of course. <img src='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':-)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p>Anyway, it really is a great image. The tones and the warm colors in the sky, and the contrast between the foreground mountain and then each consecutive mountain as we move further back into the scene is beautiful. Well done indeed on a well earned second place Allen.</p>
<p>Finally, in first place, we have a truly classically beautiful image from Dennis Brennan, called &#8220;Becoming&#8221; (below). Here&#8217;s Dennis&#8217; back-story.</p>
<p><em>I had been at work since just before 2:00 a.m. that day for a software release. By about 10:00 a.m. things were stable and I was free for the day. Time to head to a favorite spot to do some shooting. I&#8217;m lucky enough to live within a few miles of Longwood Gardens, which is a fairly large botanical gardens in Kennett Square, Pennsylvania in the United States. On recent trips there, I&#8217;ve spent a good bit of time in the Silver Garden &#8211; also known as the Desert Room. The room is packed with a large variety of succulents and other desert growth. None of which are native to where I live.</em></p>
<p><em> </em></p>
<div id="attachment_1512" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><em><em><img class="size-full wp-image-1512 " title="Becoming (© Copyright 2010 - Dennis Brennan)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_0182.jpg" alt="Becoming (© Copyright 2010 - Dennis Brennan)" width="560" height="560" /></em></em><p class="wp-caption-text">Becoming (© Copyright 2010 - Dennis Brennan)</p></div>
<p><em>It was about mid day by the time I got there and started setting up to shoot. I let my eyes wander for a bit and then noticed a small patch of succulents with nice light from an adjacent window. On closer inspection, I noticed one very beautiful isolated sprout of what I believe is a type of Haworthia. What a specimen. The spiraling growth pattern, different shades of green transition from deep dark on the outside to a pale green on the inside, with lighter almost white specs and warts all over &#8211; I knew I had found my subject. Looking at it straight on, the light, patterns and tonal transitions were all working really well. Darker shadowy areas below the sprout would fade to black and isolate the subject nicely in the final image. I already had the 100mm macro mounted, so I locked in the tripod with the sprout dead center (I thought). I made sure to leave enough room on both sides for a square crop. After stopping down to f/13 to get the tips and center in focus, I underexposed about 1/2 stop to keep the deep green tones and not blow out any of the detail in the lighter areas inside. I bracketed the exposures by about a third to make sure I nailed it. The final image is a single exposure, but I like to bracket by small amounts sometimes with darker subjects just to make sure I have it nailed. I finished the image in Silver Efex Pro, then cropped and output with lightroom and mogrify.</em></p>
<p><em>When I was finished with the image it looked nice, but there was a problem. The original shot was slightly skewed as I missed lining up the lens parallel with the tips of the sprout. Subtle, but enough to annoy me. I knew I could do better. Luckily the weekend was coming and I had some time to get back there. I headed back that Sunday at about the same time hoping for equal or better light. Would it be there? I entered the room and smiled. Got it!</em></p>
<p><em>It&#8217;s always fun to participate and see what others come up with in the assignments. To place in the top three is a real honor for me. This is especially true last month with so many great images submitted. Thanks very much to everyone that threw a vote my way. And as always, a huge thanks to Martin for hosting the assignments, galleries, forums and putting together such a great podcast and surrounding community for all of us to enjoy.</em></p>
<p>You&#8217;re more than welcome on setting this stuff up Dennis. I thank you for taking the time to participate and enter such amazing photographs. I also thank you and the others for a great back-story. I&#8217;m really enjoying hearing how you make your images. Dennis also provided a flickr set with some more images from the <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/dennisbrennan/sets/72157623436035432/">Desert Room</a>.</p>
<p>The winning image itself really is a beautiful photograph. The handling of the exposure is perfect, holding all detail in the lighter areas, and allowing the background to fall into darkness, while maintaining the darker greens, which were of course rendered in beautiful sepia tones with Silver Efex Pro. I really like the tones used in the conversion. I&#8217;m finding myself using these warm gold tones, or blue tones a lot in Silver Efex conversions and I&#8217;m really enjoying them. The texture and detail in each of these succulent leaves though is simply breathtaking! The little white spots outlining all the edges really make this for me. It&#8217;s simply masterful. Of course, the placement of the subject, in the dead center of the frame is also very important here. Whereas Leslie chose to great effect, to place her ballerina in the bottom right third, this subject simply demands to be centered, and I&#8217;m really pleased that you did so Dennis. It&#8217;s a wonderful example of when bulls-eye composition just works. Congratulations indeed on a very, very well earned first place.</p>
<p>A quick reminder before we finish that this was the second of a six month batch of assignments from which we will accumulate all votes to find five winners that will receive prizes made available by our kind sponsors WebSpy. The first prize is an amazing HyperDrive COLORSPACE UDMA portable storage unit. I actually just bought one of these myself, and found it to be very reliable and easy to use during my Hokkaido workshop recently. The second prize is once again, a Lensbaby Composer, and then the following three winners will each receive an X-Rite ColorChecker Passport, which I reviewed in <a href="../2010/01/27/podcast-227-x-rite-colorchecker-passport-review/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed">episode 227</a> of this Podcast. I released a blog post with <a href="http://bit.ly/61LAXU">details of these prizes</a> too, which I&#8217;ll link to in the show-notes, so check that out too for more details.</p>
<p>Don&#8217;t forget that the current assignment, the third in the six month series has a theme of &#8220;Free-for-all&#8221;. For details of that check the <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/forum/viewforum.php?f=24" target="_blank">assignment forum</a>. Note that you are only allowed to enter one image per assignment, and that image must have been shot during the month of the assignment. You will have until the end of February to upload your entry to the <a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/" target="_blank">mbpgalleries.com</a> Web site, and then voting will start for a further two weeks to decide the winners.</p>
<p>Thanks to all that got involved in the January assignment, thanks to <a href="https://secure.avangate.com/affiliate.php?ACCOUNT=WEBSPYAL&amp;AFFILIATE=6438&amp;PATH=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.webspy.com%2Fmbp%2Fdefault.aspx" target="_blank">WebSpy</a> for enabling us to offer these great prizes, and good luck to everyone taking part in the February assignment too.</p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Ending Notes</strong></span></p>
<p>If you don&#8217;t follow me on Twitter or in the MBP Forums, you may not have heard that I have teamed up with Australian photographer David Burren to take a party of photographers on a photographic expedition to South Georgia and Antarctica from November the 8th to the 26th this year. I&#8217;m really excited about this, and I&#8217;m planning to get David on the show in the coming weeks to explain more of the details, as David is the location expert for this trip. In the meantime, if you are interested in joining us, you can see full details and download the booking form from <a href="http://www.antarctica2010.com/">antarctica2010.com</a>.</p>
<p>Also, I finally managed to get through my images from my Hokkaido workshop, and uploaded <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/martin_bailey/sets/72157623361538837/" target="_blank">60 favorites to flickr</a> and <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=Hokkaido_Feb2010" target="_blank">my own online gallery</a> yesterday, for those that want to take a look.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>See the assignment scores and images here: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/scores2010_1.php">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/scores2010_1.php</a></p>
<p>Here’s the blog post with details of the current MBP/WebSpy six month assignment prizes: <a href="http://bit.ly/61LAXU">http://bit.ly/61LAXU</a></p>
<p>For a preview of my Hokkaido 2010 images: <a href="http://bit.ly/hokkaido2010">http://bit.ly/hokkaido2010</a></p>
<p>And on flickr here: <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/martin_bailey/sets/72157623361538837/">http://www.flickr.com/photos/martin_bailey/sets/72157623361538837/</a></p>
<p>Music created and produced by UniqueTracks.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep231.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/23/podcast-231-jan-2010-assignment-square-crop-results/ballerina/' title='Ballerina (© Copyright 2010 - Leslie Granda Hill)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/Ballerina-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Ballerina (© Copyright 2010 - Leslie Granda Hill)" title="Ballerina (© Copyright 2010 - Leslie Granda Hill)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/23/podcast-231-jan-2010-assignment-square-crop-results/layered-earth/' title='Layered Earth (© Copyright 2010 - Allen Oneal)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_5178_copy-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Layered Earth (© Copyright 2010 - Allen Oneal)" title="Layered Earth (© Copyright 2010 - Allen Oneal)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/23/podcast-231-jan-2010-assignment-square-crop-results/img_0182/' title='Becoming (© Copyright 2010 - Dennis Brennan)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/IMG_0182-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Becoming (© Copyright 2010 - Dennis Brennan)" title="Becoming (© Copyright 2010 - Dennis Brennan)" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/23/podcast-231-jan-2010-assignment-square-crop-results/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep231.mp3" length="17786039" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Today we take a look at the results of the January MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment, on the theme of Square Crop.
Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
The Square Crop assignment was much more difficult than I had imagined it would be to come up with something compelling, but many of you rose to the occasion, and as usual, posted some incredible images. Let’s look at the three images that amassed the most votes from their peers, as usual, in reverse order.
In third place, we have Super Digital Girl, real name Leslie, with a superb photograph, “Ballerina” (below). Leslie sent me a little information on this photograph, as follows:
This past year I have been working on more documentary style photography so I decided to take a workshop in Connecticut with Elizabeth Opalenik to get in touch with my creative side again. The focus of the workshop was using long exposures and movement to create an impressionistic image. It was a great experience. The dancers were wonderful teenage students from the ballet studio that we shot in.
 
Ballerina (© Copyright 2010 - Leslie Granda-Hill)
 Well Leslie, I can tell that it was a great experience and you came away with some amazing images. The two bars that run through the lower third of the image form a nice divide, and the third horizontal line separate the floor from the wall. The floor being a slightly darker tone helps to anchor the image too. The obvious star of the shot is the ballerina, placed perfectly in the bottom right corner, and blurred from motion, as she dances. You can almost sense the movement here, despite this being a still photograph. I see from the EXIF data that this was a 1/5 of a second exposure, which turned out excellent. If the exposure was much longer, the subject would be too blurred, and if it was much shorter, the movement would be lost. The lighting and black and white processing you chose here, with a warm yet subtle sepia tone is masterful too. This really is one of the best photographs I’ve seen for a while. Well done indeed Leslie!
In second place, we have Allen Oneal, with the image “Layered Earth” (below). Again Allen has sent us a great back-story, as follows:
We have many names for it here. Sometimes we call it “The Soup”, “Tule (two-lee) Fog”, or “The Dark Blanket”, but whatever you call it, dense fog is a fact of life for those of us living in the Central Valley of California. Although I always welcome the winter months (my favorite season), I dread the fog that comes with it.
Fortunately, there is an escape. Traveling up into the local Sierra Nevada Mountains quickly displaces you from “The Soup”. One of my favorite places to visit in winter is the iconic Moro Rock in Sequoia National Park. This massive granite dome offers incredible views of the Great Western Divide mountain range and the Central Valley below.
Layered Earth (© Copyright 2010 - Allen Oneal)
Recently, myself and two friends made our way out to Moro rock for a quick winter adventure to take in the beauty and to grab a few shots. Once we arrived at Moro Rock, we could immediately see the valley below us and the layers of mountains piercing through the sea of low lying fog. Actually, this is a very typical sight in the winter from here and depending on the time of day and lighting conditions, the view can be very dramatic. At certain times, it almost appears as if you are looking out onto the ocean. This image represents more of an average view.
When I took this shot, I hadn’t planned on using it for the square crop assignment but it was originally post-processed with a square crop from the beginning. Although most people seem to dislike square crops, I am a fan and I like to use them from time to time. Once I found out what the January assignment was, I knew of just the shot to use. This was the only square crop image I had made in January and that made it an easy choice.
I shot this image at 200mm using a 70-200mm [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Today we take a look at the results of the January MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment, on the theme of Square Crop. Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. The Square Crop assignment was much more difficult than I had [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 230 : Canon EOS 1D Mark IV Review</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2010 13:37:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gear" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Review" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="1D Mark IV" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="camera" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="EOS" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1455</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. Just back from my Snow Monkey and Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshops, today I&#8217;m going to give you some initial impressions of the new Canon EOS 1D Mark IV camera, which I picked up a few days before leaving for the Snow [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />
<div id="attachment_1456" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 384px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1456   " title="Canon EOS 1D Mark IV" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_1D_Mark_IV_20100214_2950.jpg" alt="Canon EOS 1D Mark IV" width="374" height="343" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Canon EOS 1D Mark IV</p></div>
<p>Just back from my Snow Monkey and Hokkaido Photography Tour and <a href="http://www.mbpworkshops.com/" target="_blank">Workshops</a>, today I&#8217;m going to give you some initial impressions of the new Canon EOS 1D Mark IV camera, which I picked up a few days before leaving for the Snow Monkeys workshop. This isn&#8217;t going to be a thorough review, rather my impressions as a 1Ds Mark III and 5D mark II user, based on a few weeks in the field.</p>
<p>Also note that I&#8217;m not a sports shooter, I&#8217;m mainly a nature and wildlife photographer. If you want to read about how this camera fairs for sports photography, take a look at Rob Galbraith&#8217;s great <a href="http://www.robgalbraith.com/bins/multi_page.asp?cid=7-10048-10484" target="_blank">review of the auto focus system on the 1D Mark IV</a>, after you&#8217;ve read/listened to this. <img src='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':-)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p>Note too that I shot on my Snow Monkeys Workshop with <span>firmware v1.0.4 in the camera, and upgraded to firmware v1.0.6 the night before I flew to Hokkaido for that 10 day workshop. v1.0.6 supposedly improved the AF, and I personally think I noticed some improvement, though it was still a little off on a number of occasions. Let me go into some detail on this first.</span></p>
<p><span>When I was in Nagano shooting the snow monkeys, a number of us perched ourselves on rocks near the river to try and shoot monkeys as they jumped across the stepping stones to cross the river. I shot maybe 30 frames, as a number of monkeys jumped across the rocks, and all but one were useless. At first, I tried AI Servo focusing, and tried to lock in on the Macaque as it approached the edge of the river, and while tracking it with the auto-focus, shot a series of frames as it jumped across the river. This wasn&#8217;t working, so I tried selecting the center focus point, with focus point expansion as necessary turned on, and this didn&#8217;t really help either. Eventually, I changed my strategy and focused on the last rock before the shore, and just waited for the monkeys. With that method of focusing, I was finally able to get one shot with the monkey&#8217;s face sharp, although I clipped the top of his head. </span></p>
<p><span><span id="more-1455"></span>Here&#8217;s the resulting shot, which was the only one that I got anything like what I wanted.<br />
</span></p>
<div id="attachment_1465" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 572px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1465   " title="Leaping Snow Monkey" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Jigokudani_0800_20100129.jpg" alt="Leaping Snow Monkey" width="562" height="387" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Leaping Snow Monkey</p></div>
<p>Granted though, had I not been with my workshop, I would have spent more time trying this, and I&#8217;m confident that I would have gotten something better, even by trying different AF custom settings. I shot all of my images with custom function III-4 to 1 &#8211; &#8220;Continuous AF track priority&#8221;, because I read in the manual that this works best when you have automatic expansion of focus points turned on, which I do. There&#8217;s also a new guide to setting the AF custom functions and ISO settings out (linked from <a href="http://lightingmods.blogspot.com/2010/02/exclusive-canon-eos-1dmarkiv-custom.html" target="_blank">this page</a>), in which it says that option 1, the &#8220;Continous AF track priority&#8221; setting can help with fast moving subjects, and also that option 0, &#8220;Main focus point priority&#8221;, will jump to a subject closer than the one you are initially focused on, if something else moves in front of your initial subject. For the monkey shots, I think option 0 would probably have been better, because the monkey is in front of the water. The main problem when I was using the AF in AI Servo mode is that the water kept grabbing the auto-focus, even though I started off tracking the monkey.</p>
<p>After my Hokkaido trip about 12 days after the Snow Monkey workshop, Rob Galbraith released a great <a href="http://www.robgalbraith.com/bins/multi_page.asp?cid=7-10048-10484" target="_blank">review of the auto focus system on the 1D Mark IV</a> in which I noticed that Rob leaves Custom Function III-4 set to 0, which is &#8220;Main focus point priority&#8221;. I imagine this is better for sports, and I will at least try option 0, &#8220;Main focus point priority&#8221;, but quite often, I want to stay locked on my subject, even if something moves in front of them.</p>
<p>Although my experience with the higher contrast water stealing focus from the jumping monkeys had me a little unhappy with the autofocus&#8217; &#8220;intelligence&#8221;, I have to say that when I was in Hokkaido, now with the firmware upgraded to v1.0.6, I was much more happy with the ability of the auto-focus in AI Servo mode to stick with the subject, once I was locked in to it. In the below image (not a great shot, I know), I purposefully lowered the camera while tracking a group of Whooper Swans flying out of the Akan International Crane Center, to see if the AI Servo would continue to lock on and track them. It did a great job of this.</p>
<div id="attachment_1466" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 572px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1466   " title="Swans Flying Away" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1250.jpg" alt="Swans Flying Away" width="562" height="387" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Swans Flying Away</p></div>
<p>I was also impressed with the ability of the focus to lock-on to a subject such as sparrows in a narrow strip on the snow, and then track them accurately as they took flight, as in the below photograph.</p>
<div id="attachment_1467" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1467 " title="Sparrow Flight" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_5841.jpg" alt="Sparrow Flight" width="560" height="341" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Sparrow Flight</p></div>
<p>These guys are relatively predictable, but very fast as they take flight, and the AI Servo focusing on the 1D Mark IV did a great job of sticking with them, even as I moved away from my original point of focus, when the birds were in the snow looking for left-over seeds. This is something that has had my 1Ds Mark III&#8217;s focus system searching in the past.</p>
<p>NOTE/APOLOGY &#8212; <em>I realized after producing this episode that the above image of the sparrows was shot with my 1Ds Mark III, and not the 1D Mark IV. I guess the 1Ds Mark III auto-focus either got better, or I got better at this sort of shot, but either way, it did handle this much better this year, despite that not being the case in previous years. Sorry about the incorrect information given here.</em></p>
<p>The new AI Servo Custom Function Guide <a href="http://lightingmods.blogspot.com/2010/02/exclusive-canon-eos-1dmarkiv-custom.html" target="_blank">here</a>, says that if you track a subject with AI Servo for 0.5 seconds before you start to make exposures, the accuracy of the auto-focus increases. I think this might have also been part of my problem with the monkeys jumping shots. Most of the time, I would see the monkey at the last minute, and try to snatch focus as they got to the first stepping stone. In Hokkaido, again with the new firmware mind, once I locked into something, the AI Servo stayed locked in most of the time. Tracking a bird flying around in the sky was very easy, although my 1Ds Mark III also does a pretty good job of this, because there&#8217;s little else in the frame to cause problems.</p>
<div id="attachment_1468" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1468 " title="Soaring White Tailed Eagle" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1280.jpg" alt="Soaring White Tailed Eagle" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Soaring White Tailed Eagle</p></div>
<p>Even as the eagles dived down and went through a crowd of red-crowned cranes, to steal their fish, the AI Servo stuck with the eagles. There were so many cranes this year that I didn&#8217;t get a clear shot of the eagles within the cranes, but I was very impressed with the ability of the 1D Mark IV to track the subject in this situation. Again, this was probably because I had custom function III &#8211; 4, set to 1 &#8211; &#8220;Continuous AF track priority&#8221;.</p>
<p>Other times that the auto-focus was unfaltering, was when the subject flew in front of the sun. This has typically been a little difficult, sometimes causing my 1Ds Mark III and 5D Mark II to start searching for focus, but it happened very rarely with the 1D Mark IV. In the below image, we can see three cranes passing right in front of the sun, and the auto-focus handled it without issues.</p>
<div id="attachment_1470" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1470 " title="Cranes at Sunset" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1524.jpg" alt="Cranes at Sunset" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Cranes at Sunset</p></div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Crop Factor</span></strong></p>
<p>This is the first crop factor camera that I&#8217;ve owned in over four years, since I bought my 5D, and sold my 20D. The Canon EOS 1D Mark IV has an APS-H sensor, which results in a 1.3X crop factor. This isn&#8217;t as large as the 1.6X crop factor that my old 20D which had, but it still took a little getting used to again. A number of times I found myself reaching for the 300mm f2.8 and having to drop down to the 70-200mm F2.8 lens, because the 300/2.8 was a little too long, with a 390mm effective focal length. Once I got used to it though, I did like the additional reach that the 1.3X crop factor gives me, and most of the time for eagles etc. I just used the 300mm F2.8 L lens without the 1.4X Extender (Teleconverter) which gives me 420mm with the 300/2.8 on a full frame sensor camera like the 1Ds Mark III or 5D Mark II. I also enjoyed getting an effective focal length of 780mm from the 600mm F4 L lens too, when shooting down the river from the Otowa Bridge in the town of Tsurui, for shots of the red-crowned cranes in the mist, like below. Unfortunately, there was no frost of the trees this year, but still, a little mist rose from the river as the sun started to warm the surface of the water.</p>
<div id="attachment_1471" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1471 " title="Crane's Roost at Dawn" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_1898.jpg" alt="Crane's Roost at Dawn" width="560" height="377" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Crane&#39;s Roost at Dawn</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1473" class="wp-caption alignleft" style="width: 338px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1473 " title="Eagles at Sunrise over Russia" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100205_2165.jpg" alt="Eagles at Sunrise over Russia" width="328" height="480" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Eagles at Sunrise over Russia</p></div>
<p>One situation where I did have a slightly lower hit rate with the auto-focus, was when shooting some eagles on a piece of stray ice floe (left). Here, a few of the shots jumped back to the sunlit ripples on the sea, because they were higher contrast than the almost totally silhouetted Steller&#8217;s Sea Eagles. This may well have been caused by a focusing error on my part though, as it was difficult to see through the viewfinder looking into the morning sun with an effective focal length of 390mm.</p>
<p>I don&#8217;t mean to harp on about the auto-focus, but because Canon seemed to make this a focus of their marketing for the 1D Mark IV, I was expecting quite a lot of the new system. I bought my 1Ds Mark III just over two years ago, with high hopes that the 45 focus points and a few more years of R&amp;D were going to provide me with a usable AI Servo focusing system that would be able to handle more than just birds flying across a clear sky. It turned out though that I always ended up going back to the center focus point, and quite often even returning to One Shot focusing as opposed to AI Servo for pretty much all other situations.</p>
<p>When I bought the 5D Mark II, I actually didn&#8217;t find the 9 focus point system much worse than the 45 point 1Ds3 system, because of the way I ended up always using my 1Ds Mark III. The 5D2 tracks birds across a clear sky about as good as the 1Ds Mark III does too.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Overall Very Happy</span></strong></p>
<p>Once I upgraded to the 1.0.6 firmware, I really didn&#8217;t have much to complain about with the 1D Mark IV auto-focus. I do have some flying eagle shots that are not quite as sharp as I&#8217;d like them to be, even with nice fast shutter speeds, but I also have many incredibly sharp shots too, so I really need to shoot a little more with this camera and maybe do some controlled tests, before I start to shout about problems with the camera and/or its auto-focus. Right now, in general, I&#8217;m feeling pretty happy with the camera.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Drop in Image Size</span></strong></p>
<p>The slight drop in resolution to 16 mega-pixels from 21MP in the 1Ds3 and 5D2 is noticable. Although the image quality from the 1D Mark IV is excellent, when you want to zoom in to really see the detail, it&#8217;s a little bit disappointing. This is something that I expected of course. The images are roughly 76% the size of my full frame sensor cameras. Is this going to be a problem for me? I doubt it. I do like the detail I can get in large prints, but 16MP is still a very respectable image size. I&#8217;m looking forward to printing out some of my new images on fine art paper, to really see how they fair, but I&#8217;m not expecting to be disappointed.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">High ISO Capabilities</span></strong></p>
<p>The 1D Mark IV has standard selectable ISOs from 100 to 12,800, and these are expandable downwards to ISO 50, and upwards to include ISOs 25,600, 51,200 and 102,400! I haven&#8217;t had time to do any really controlled tests yet, but from some quick shots in my living room, which was very messy with the contents of the 1D Mark IV box emptied out, and therefore I can&#8217;t get permission to use the shots here to illustrate this, I can tell you that 25,600 and 51,200 is very usable. At a pinch, if it was a toss-up between getting a shot, and not getting anything, I&#8217;d even go to ISO 102,400, but the noise is pretty bad at this highest ISO. The first two though really are acceptable and would probably clean up pretty nicely with some noise reduction work. They aren&#8217;t bad straight out of the camera!</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Other Nice Touches</span></strong></p>
<p>There are a few other nice touches that have been added to the Canon EOS 1D Mark IV that I would like to touch on before we finish.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Focus Point Auto-Selection by Orientation</span></strong></p>
<p>Firstly, the 1D Mark IV allows you to set a preset focus point per camera orientation, with the Custom Function III &#8211; 16, &#8220;Select different AF points&#8221; selected. With this on, you can preselect a focus point for three different orientations, and the camera will automatically switch to those focus points as you change the camera orientation. So you can have one focus point selected when using the camera horizontally, or in landscape mode, and have another focus point automatically selected when you rotate it to the left, with the grip at the top, and then another focus point selected when you rotate the camera to the right, with the grip at the bottom.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Spot AF</span></strong></p>
<p>Another nice addition is Spot AF, which is selected as on option under Custom Function  III-6. This allows you to reduce the size of the focus point to enable more accurate selection of the subjects eyes etc. The only problem with this for me at the moment is that I already map my AF Stop button to another function. The AF Stop buttons are the little rubberized buttons near the front of Canon&#8217;s super-telephoto lenses, such as the 300mm F2.8 and the 600mm F4 lenses, and I already map this button to toggle between One Shot and AI Servo focusing modes. I did find myself using this button much less with the new improved focusing capabilities of the 1D4, so if I continue to be happy with the focusing, I might be able to map my AF Stop button to the Spot AF feature in the future instead.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Illuminated Focus Points in AI Servo Mode</span></strong></p>
<p>You can now also see which focus point is being used in the AI Servo focusing mode. This is something that I hated about my 1Ds Mark III, and one of the reasons why I found AI Servo so difficult to use, especially in conditions such as when photographing a bird on water, when the camera would almost always focus on the higher contrast light on the ripples in the water, without me knowing. Note that this illuminated focus point functionality only works when you have manually selected a focus point, and then started to track your subject. As they move across the frame, or you reposition the camera, the focus point moves too, and is illuminated as it does so, to enable you to ensure that you are still focusing on the right part of the subject. I&#8217;m really looking forward to trying this in portraiture as well. If I can focus on the eye with the center or manually selected focus point, then the camera continues to track the eye as I recompose, and then focus on it with AI Servo focusing, that would be impressive, not to mention incredibly useful.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">High Resolution LCD</span></strong></p>
<p>One thing that really bugs me about my 1Ds Mark III is the crappy LCD resolution. Granted, since getting my first chance to use LiveView with the 1Ds3, I started to use it to fine tune focusing for still-life and landscape work pretty quickly. When 230,000 dots is all you have, you can certainly use it, but it was far from clear. You basically could tell that you had achieved optimal focus only as you went past it. If the image on the LCD starts to get soft again, you know you&#8217;ve gone too far, and you pull back a little. The 5D Mark II though came with a nice sharp 920,000 dot LCD, and that changed the game for me. Now I was able to adjust and confirm sharp focus on the LCD so much faster in LiveView, and the 1D Mark IV has the same resolution. 920,000 glorious dots to help us see what we&#8217;ve shot incredible clearly. This is not just useful in LiveView of course. When you check an image that you have already shot for sharpness by zooming in on the LCD, you also benefit from having four times more resolution.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Video</span></strong></p>
<p>You can&#8217;t ignore the fact that this is the first pro-body from Canon with video. The 1Ds Mark III does not have video, and the fact that the 5D Mark II did meant that it soon became my camera of choice over the 1Ds Mark III, when ruggedness and weatherproofing was not going to be important. I do love being able to stick an L lens on my 1 series bodies, and just stand out in the rain with them without having to worry about and mollycoddle my gear, and this is certainly one other reason why I have invested in the 1D Mark IV as well, my second pro body, but video and the much higher resolution LCD on the 5D meant that it&#8217;s seen much more use over the last year than my 1Ds Mark III, which is a shame, when you think that it cost me four times more to buy the 1Ds3. <img src='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_sad.gif' alt=':-(' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p>I haven&#8217;t touched on the 1D Mark IV&#8217;s video capabilities today though, because I haven&#8217;t use it in the field yet. I did shoot some video in Hokkaido over the last few weeks, but it was with the 5D Mark II. When I&#8217;ve had a chance to play with the video on the 1D Mark IV, I&#8217;ll let you know.</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Conclusion</span></strong></p>
<p>As I said above, I&#8217;m generally very happy with my new Canon EOS 1D Mark IV camera. It&#8217;s living up to my expectations and then some. I&#8217;ll be even happier when I see more totally crisp, sharp shots coming out of it, but I still had a very high percentage of sharp images from my first few weeks, so I&#8217;m happy enough for now. I&#8217;ll be sure to shout up if this ceases to be the case in the coming weeks, so stay tuned!</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Note that you can see all images shot with this Camera <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;narrowdown=mcamera&amp;search=Canon%20EOS%201D%20Mark%20IV" target="_blank">in my gallery</a>. This list of images is dynamic, and so will pick up more shots as I add them to my gallery.</p>
<p>Rob Galbraith&#8217;s review of the Canon EOS 1D Mark IV from a sports shooters perspective is here: <a href="http://www.robgalbraith.com/bins/multi_page.asp?cid=7-10048-10484" target="_blank">http://www.robgalbraith.com/bins/multi_page.asp?cid=7-10048-10484</a></p>
<p>I&#8217;m not sure why I can&#8217;t find this on the Canon Web site, but here is a link to that AI Servo Custom Function Guide: <a href="http://lightingmods.blogspot.com/2010/02/exclusive-canon-eos-1dmarkiv-custom.html" target="_blank">http://lightingmods.blogspot.com/2010/02/exclusive-canon-eos-1dmarkiv-custom.html</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep230.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/canon-eos-1d-mark-iv/' title='Canon EOS 1D Mark IV'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_1D_Mark_IV_20100214_2950-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Canon EOS 1D Mark IV" title="Canon EOS 1D Mark IV" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/snow-monkeys-2010/' title='Leaping Snow Monkey'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Jigokudani_0800_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Leaping Snow Monkey" title="Leaping Snow Monkey" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/swans-flying-away/' title='Swans Flying Away'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1250-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Swans Flying Away" title="Swans Flying Away" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/sparrow-flight/' title='Sparrow Flight'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_5841-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Sparrow Flight" title="Sparrow Flight" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/soaring-white-tailed-eagle/' title='Soaring White Tailed Eagle'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1280-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Soaring White Tailed Eagle" title="Soaring White Tailed Eagle" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/cranes-at-sunset/' title='Cranes at Sunset'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100201_1524-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Cranes at Sunset" title="Cranes at Sunset" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/cranes-roost-at-dawn/' title='Crane&#039;s Roost at Dawn'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100203_1898-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Crane&#039;s Roost at Dawn" title="Crane&#039;s Roost at Dawn" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/mbp_hokkaido_20100205_2165/' title='Eagles at Sunrise over Russia'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/02/MBP_Hokkaido_20100205_2165-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Eagles at Sunrise over Russia" title="Eagles at Sunrise over Russia" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/02/15/podcast-230-canon-eos-1d-mark-iv-review/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep230.mp3" length="28155403" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.

Canon EOS 1D Mark IV
Just back from my Snow Monkey and Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshops, today I’m going to give you some initial impressions of the new Canon EOS 1D Mark IV camera, which I picked up a few days before leaving for the Snow Monkeys workshop. This isn’t going to be a thorough review, rather my impressions as a 1Ds Mark III and 5D mark II user, based on a few weeks in the field.
Also note that I’m not a sports shooter, I’m mainly a nature and wildlife photographer. If you want to read about how this camera fairs for sports photography, take a look at Rob Galbraith’s great review of the auto focus system on the 1D Mark IV, after you’ve read/listened to this.  
Note too that I shot on my Snow Monkeys Workshop with firmware v1.0.4 in the camera, and upgraded to firmware v1.0.6 the night before I flew to Hokkaido for that 10 day workshop. v1.0.6 supposedly improved the AF, and I personally think I noticed some improvement, though it was still a little off on a number of occasions. Let me go into some detail on this first.
When I was in Nagano shooting the snow monkeys, a number of us perched ourselves on rocks near the river to try and shoot monkeys as they jumped across the stepping stones to cross the river. I shot maybe 30 frames, as a number of monkeys jumped across the rocks, and all but one were useless. At first, I tried AI Servo focusing, and tried to lock in on the Macaque as it approached the edge of the river, and while tracking it with the auto-focus, shot a series of frames as it jumped across the river. This wasn’t working, so I tried selecting the center focus point, with focus point expansion as necessary turned on, and this didn’t really help either. Eventually, I changed my strategy and focused on the last rock before the shore, and just waited for the monkeys. With that method of focusing, I was finally able to get one shot with the monkey’s face sharp, although I clipped the top of his head. 
Here’s the resulting shot, which was the only one that I got anything like what I wanted.

Leaping Snow Monkey
Granted though, had I not been with my workshop, I would have spent more time trying this, and I’m confident that I would have gotten something better, even by trying different AF custom settings. I shot all of my images with custom function III-4 to 1 – “Continuous AF track priority”, because I read in the manual that this works best when you have automatic expansion of focus points turned on, which I do. There’s also a new guide to setting the AF custom functions and ISO settings out (linked from this page), in which it says that option 1, the “Continous AF track priority” setting can help with fast moving subjects, and also that option 0, “Main focus point priority”, will jump to a subject closer than the one you are initially focused on, if something else moves in front of your initial subject. For the monkey shots, I think option 0 would probably have been better, because the monkey is in front of the water. The main problem when I was using the AF in AI Servo mode is that the water kept grabbing the auto-focus, even though I started off tracking the monkey.
After my Hokkaido trip about 12 days after the Snow Monkey workshop, Rob Galbraith released a great review of the auto focus system on the 1D Mark IV in which I noticed that Rob leaves Custom Function III-4 set to 0, which is “Main focus point priority”. I imagine this is better for sports, and I will at least try option 0, “Main focus point priority”, but quite often, I want to stay locked on my subject, even if something moves in front of them.
Although my experience with the higher contrast water stealing focus from the jumping monkeys had me a little unhappy with the autofocus’ “intelligence”, I have to say that when I was in Hokkaido, now with the firmware upgraded to v1.0.6, I was much more happy with [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. Just back from my Snow Monkey and Hokkaido Photography Tour and Workshops, today I’m going to give you some initial impressions of the new Canon EOS 1D Mark IV camera, which I [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 228 &#8211; Snow Monkey Workshop Participant Comments</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/31/podcast-228-snow-monkey-workshop-participant-comments/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/31/podcast-228-snow-monkey-workshop-participant-comments/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sun, 31 Jan 2010 10:42:59 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="nagano" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="photography tour" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="snow monkey" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Workshops" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1434</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Note that there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post, to listen to this Podcast episode. Having just finished the Snow Monkey Workshop and Photography Tour, today I&#8217;m releasing a very brief update and a recording of some participant comments from the bus as we arrived back in Tokyo. We set off for [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Note that there&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post, to listen to this Podcast episode.</p>
<hr />Having just finished the Snow Monkey Workshop and Photography Tour, today I&#8217;m releasing a very brief update and a recording of some participant comments from the bus as we arrived back in Tokyo.</p>
<p>We set off for Hokkaido tomorrow morning, for the Wildlife and Landscape Workshops, and I&#8217;ll bring you an update on this later on.</p>
<p>For now, here are a few of my photos from the Snow Monkey Workshop and Tour.</p>
<div id="attachment_1437" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 446px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1437" title="Snowy Hands" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_0426_20100129.jpg" alt="Snowy Hands" width="436" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Snowy Hands</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1438" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1438" title="Hurumph!" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_0558_20100129.jpg" alt="Hurumph!" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Hurumph!</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1439" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1439" title="Cold Feet" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_1152_20100130.jpg" alt="Cold Feet" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Cold Feet</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1436" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 570px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1436 " title="Michael In Action" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_0135_20100128.jpg" alt="Michael In Action" width="560" height="386" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Michael In Action</p></div>
<p>There&#8217;ll be more to come when I get back from Hokkaido!</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>As I upload images from this leg of the Workshop, you will be able to view them in my gallery with the following link: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=Jigokudani_Jan2010" target="_blank">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=Jigokudani_Jan2010</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep228.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/31/podcast-228-snow-monkey-workshop-participant-comments/snowy-hands/' title='Snowy Hands'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_0426_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Snowy Hands" title="Snowy Hands" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/31/podcast-228-snow-monkey-workshop-participant-comments/hurumph/' title='Hurumph!'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_0558_20100129-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Hurumph!" title="Hurumph!" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/31/podcast-228-snow-monkey-workshop-participant-comments/cold-feet/' title='Cold Feet'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_1152_20100130-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Cold Feet" title="Cold Feet" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/31/podcast-228-snow-monkey-workshop-participant-comments/michael-in-action/' title='Michael In Action'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_0135_20100128-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Michael In Action" title="Michael In Action" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/31/podcast-228-snow-monkey-workshop-participant-comments/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep228.mp3" length="19503237" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Note that there’s an audio player at the bottom of the post, to listen to this Podcast episode.
Having just finished the Snow Monkey Workshop and Photography Tour, today I’m releasing a very brief update and a recording of some participant comments from the bus as we arrived back in Tokyo.
We set off for Hokkaido tomorrow morning, for the Wildlife and Landscape Workshops, and I’ll bring you an update on this later on.
For now, here are a few of my photos from the Snow Monkey Workshop and Tour.
Snowy Hands
Hurumph!
Cold Feet
Michael In Action
There’ll be more to come when I get back from Hokkaido!
Podcast show-notes:
As I upload images from this leg of the Workshop, you will be able to view them in my gallery with the following link: http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/thumbnails.php?album=search&amp;search=Jigokudani_Jan2010
Audio

Download the Enhanced Podcast M4A files directly.
Gallery
Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.







</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Note that there’s an audio player at the bottom of the post, to listen to this Podcast episode. Having just finished the Snow Monkey Workshop and Photography Tour, today I’m releasing a very brief update and a recording of some participant [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 224 : Martin&#8217;s Top Ten Images from 2009</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Jan 2010 13:55:34 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Art Talk" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="2009 top 10" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="self evaluation" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="top 10" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="top ten" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tricks" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1336</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Today I'm going to take you through my own personal selection of my top ten images from 2009. I really enjoy going through the exercise of looking back through my last year's images, and trying to decide which ten really are my favorites. It gives you a view of your progression, and when I compare this to my list from 2008, I certainly feel happier with this year's work.]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />Happy New Year!! 2010 has begun, and today to start a new year of podcasts and photography, and I have a feeling it&#8217;s going to be a great year! And to kick off, now in its third iteration, today I&#8217;m going to take you through my own personal selection of my top ten images from 2009.</p>
<p>I really enjoy going through the exercise of looking back through my last year&#8217;s images, and trying to decide which ten really are my favorites. It gives you a view of your progression, and when I compare this to my list from 2008, I certainly feel happier with this year&#8217;s work, although I do still very much like my selection from 2008 as well.</p>
<p>The good thing about going back through your images from an entire year is that many weeks and sometimes months has passed, since we made most of the photographs, and so you can be a little bit more subjective. As we&#8217;ve mentioned many times, when you have just shot something, you can be a little more influenced by the experience and excitement of the shoot, and therefore favor some images that you might not quite like as much later on.</p>
<p>I like to give my images at least two or three days to simmer before I make my final selection of what images I am going to take further in my work-flow, and upload to my gallery etc. When possible, I like to give them a week or so. After many months have passed though, when you look back at the images, they have to really stand on their own merits for you to still really like them. This gives me confidence that anything that makes this list really is my best work from 2009. Well, actually, to really do this properly, I should probably do this around February or March time, but the start of the year just seems a better time to do this.</p>
<p>Here are some quick stats on my selection process before we look at the top ten. On my first pass through my 380 or so best shots from 2009, I was left with a shortlist of 50 images initially. That&#8217;s around 13%, which I&#8217;m pleased with. Even though I felt like dropping a few more into the favorites bucket, I left many out because I knew that they&#8217;d be trumped by other images. The 50 were ones that I knew I was going to have to compare side by side before making a decision.</p>
<p>A second pass go me down to 26 images, and now it started to get really difficult to remove further images. You kind of switch into a different mode and feel more like an assassin than a photographer at this point. I got down to 15, and had to take a break for a while. In the end, I had to turn to my art director (read wife) for advice. She has a different eye to me, and a different sense of the aesthetic to a degree, but she can also be that little bit more subjective than I can, and is always a great help in these final culling stages. Let&#8217;s take a look at what was left after my final ruthless cull down to 10 images. Note that we&#8217;re going to look at these in chronological order, and not the in priority of how much I like each image or anything like that.</p>
<div id="attachment_1346" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1346" title="Kanzakura White Eye" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Shinjuku_Gyoen_20090208_0332.jpg" alt="Kanzakura White Eye" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Kanzakura White Eye</p></div>
<p>First up is image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2103">2103</a> (above) from early February, the weekend before last year&#8217;s Hokkaido Workshop. This is a White Eye bird, shot in the early blossoming Kan-zakura flower. These little birds are native to Japan and here all year round, but they come to feed on the nectar in the blossom early every spring, and although they move very fast, there are enough of them to be able to get a few shots if you visit a park with the trees in them. This was shot in the Shinjuku Gyoen park, in Tokyo. I particularly like this shot because of that sea of pink in which the bird is situated. This particular tree is often so full of blossom that you can create the entire background with pink, making a beautiful setting for your subject. This is also one of those few occasions when I think that bulls-eyeing the image worked, as we can see the White Eye is smack in the middle of the frame, though the eye is slightly off-center, which does help to reduce the bulls-eye effect a little.<span id="more-1336"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_1340" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1340" title="Shadow Dancing" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Hokkaido_Feb2009_20090219_5401.jpg" alt="Shadow Dancing" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Shadow Dancing</p></div>
<p>Eleven days later I was in the middle of the Hokkaido Workshop and shot image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2161">2161</a> (above). This is probably my favorite Steller&#8217;s Sea Eagle shots to date. I just love the way the wings are spread open, but the flight feathers pointing down, and the snow being kicked up by the bird and frozen by the fast shutter speed really work for me. The shadow of the bird top it off though, and this image kind of reminds me of a native American dance of some sort. Also, this image is a tribute to the quality of the 300mm F2.8 lens, even with the 1.4X extender attached, it&#8217;s sharp as tacks. The eye on this beautiful eagle is totally sharp, and you can pick out incredible detail in the feathers. Definitely one of my favorite wildlife images from last years trip.</p>
<div id="attachment_1341" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1341" title="Lone Tree on a Hill" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Hokkaido_Feb2009_20090222_6383.jpg" alt="Lone Tree on a Hill" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Lone Tree on a Hill</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1342" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1342" title="Mother &amp; Child" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_20090227_7729.jpg" alt="Mother &amp; Child" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Mother &amp; Child</p></div>
<p>Three days later still, and we&#8217;d finished the wildlife leg of the workshop, and had moved on to the beautiful town of Biei, for some Winter Landscape photography, and without doubt, my favourite image from this leg of the trip is image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2183">2183</a> (above). Here we see a lone tree, standing on a hill, in a snow storm. It&#8217;s not easy to see in the web sized image, but the reason for the almost totally whited-out scene here is heavy snow being driven directly towards us. I remember having just a few seconds to shoot each time after wiping the snow off the front element of the 300mm F2.8 lens. Every time I cleaned the lens and pointed it back towards the tree, I was able to get literally just three or four frames off, before having to clean the lens again. Incredible fun though, and this tree, complimented by the curve of the top of the hill were beautiful. Of course, I was shooting with the exposure set to around 1 stop more than the camera&#8217;s meter thought I should be shooting at, to compensate for the frame being filled almost totally with white.</p>
<p>Almost straight after the 2009 Hokkaido Workshop, I went on a reconnaissance trip to Jigokudani, to photograph the Snow Monkey&#8217;s, and my favorite shot from this trip has to be image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2230">2230</a> (right). The love and affection captured in the pose and the closed eyes of this macaque monkey as she cuddled her child to keep warm still captures my heard every time I look at it. I have two others that I really like too, with the mother&#8217;s eyes open, but to me this one captures the moment better than any other. This was shot from a kneeling position, very much like my kneeling photographer logo that you&#8217;ve probably seen on the Web site, literally just a few meters from the monkeys. I used the 70-200mm F2.8 lens at 200mm, so you can probably tell how close I was. I could have gotten closer, and indeed we do get very close to the monkeys that bathe in the hot spring here, but I didn&#8217;t want to scare these two away, and lose my shot. Once I was sure that I&#8217;d nailed it though, I let them be, and moved on.</p>
<p>The next image, number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2256">2256</a> (below) was shot in April, when the full moon coincided with a Saturday, and the azimuth at which the moon would rise was going to be good to capture this Shinto Gate or Torii, on the rocks in the sea at a place called Ooarai, in the Ibaraki Prefecture, a couple of hours drive from Tokyo. This was a four minute exposure, to render the waves on the sea as a smooth silky sheet, almost like in a valley mist rather than sea. It had actually been cloudy as the moon rose above the horizon behind the gate, and having waited an hour or so, I&#8217;d given up, and gone into the hotel near here. I&#8217;d eaten dinner, had a beer and was in the hot spring bath looking out of the window when the moon broke through the clouds. I took another minute or so in the bath to warm up, and then went back to my room to grab my gear, and went out for another hour or so, during which time I captured this image. I was very pleased that the bath had big windows, and that I was able to go back out, having initially failed to capture anything.</p>
<div id="attachment_1345" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1345" title="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Ooarai_Shinto_Gate_20090411_0067.jpg" alt="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)</p></div>
<p>We jump exactly three months next, from April the 11th, to July the 11th, and it&#8217;s another long exposure, in image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2319">2319</a> (below). This was a two and a half minute exposure of a jetty, from behind a café on the lake Towada, in Aomori, the prefecture at the northern most part of mainland Japan, before you cross the sea to Hokkaido. The long exposure here again helped to smooth the relatively choppy lake to make a smooth silky surface, almost as though the lake was frozen over. It was pretty much dark when I shot this, but there was just enough light to give some texture in the mountains and clouds in the distance. There was also enough light that I had to use an ND400 neutral density filter to reach this long exposure.</p>
<div id="attachment_1348" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1348" title="Night Jetty" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Towadako_20090711_2613.jpg" alt="Night Jetty" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Night Jetty</p></div>
<p>I also recall that as I was photographing this jetty, the lady that owns the café turned the lights on inside, illuminating the jetty with warm light, that really didn&#8217;t match the cold feel outside, and that is another reason why I went with black and white for this shot, but from the start, I was thinking it would look much better in black and white, and I&#8217;d just bought Silver Effex Pro, so was looking forward to seeing what I could do with this. This I guess is a really good example of making a photograph, as opposed to a taking it, as we discussed a few weeks ago in <a href="../2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed">Episode 222.</a></p>
<div id="attachment_1339" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1339" title="Red Cosmos" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Hamarikyuu_20090906_3339.jpg" alt="Red Cosmos" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Red Cosmos</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1347" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1347" title="Hmmmm... Bokeh!" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20091004_3602.jpg" alt="Hmmmm... Bokeh!" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Hmmmm... Bokeh!</p></div>
<p>Another absolute favorite for the year is image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2352">2352</a> (above). This is a good example of what I call flowerscapes, as it was shot with a long lens, again, the 300mm F2.8 with a 1.4X extender fitted.  Keeping the foreground bokeh in mind at all times, and selecting a position to shoot from that renders the background almost black helped to give a dramatic yet beautiful feel, really making the red cosmos flower stand out. This image is actually included in my <a href="http://www.fineartfolios.jp/Flowerscapes_Folio.html">Flowerscapes Folio</a> that you can buy from <a href="http://www.fineartfolios.jp/">www.fineartfolios.jp</a>. It&#8217;s a wonderful collection of images if I do say so myself, so check that out if you are interested.</p>
<p>Next up is image <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2372">2372</a> (right), which is one of the first shots I made with the new 100mm F2.8 Hybrid IS Macro lens that Canon released in October 2009. This was shot stopped down just two clicks from wide open, at F3.5, which is pretty wide for a macro shot, which inherently have very shallow depth-of-field. That&#8217;s what I was after though, as you can see the beautiful dreamlike bokeh along the front and back edges of the flower, with really just a few millimeters in sharp focus. The V shape cutting into the flower with the green background to the right is almost mirrored by the pink V formed by the left side of the flower, as well as the fact that really none of the outer edge of the flower petals are sharp here, are also things that attract me to this shot. I also just really like the contrast between the pink and the yellow and the green. This shallow a depth-of-field is not everyone&#8217;s cup of tea, I know, but I really like this one from last year.</p>
<p>Just two more to go, and the next image in my top ten from 2009 is number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2413">2413</a> (below). This is just the top section of the Kirifuri Falls in the Nikko area of Tochigi Prefecture, Japan. I visited three times on the same day, and the first two it was two misty to see anything. Not surprising really though, as the name of the falls, Kirifuri, basically means &#8220;mist falling&#8221;, or &#8220;raining&#8221;. On the third visit though, shortly after I got there the mist cleared for about 10 minutes so I had a bit of a photography frenzy. I shot everything from very wide, to the 300mm and this shot, at 150mm, was my favorite. The colors are nice, with the yellows, some greens left, and the red and orange leaves smattered throughout the scene, but the think I like most of all is that the leaves from the tree in front of the falls had all fallen just at the right time. If you imagine this shot with that tree fully leaved, you&#8217;ll realize that you literally would not be able to see the majority of the falls, so this really is perfect timing, with a big dose of luck to help out.</p>
<div id="attachment_1344" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1344" title="Upper Kirifuri Falls" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Kirifuri_Falls_20091102_4355.jpg" alt="Upper Kirifuri Falls" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Upper Kirifuri Falls</p></div>
<div id="attachment_1343" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1343" title="Colour Collaboration" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20091128_1849.jpg" alt="Colour Collaboration" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Colour Collaboration</p></div>
<p>Finally, let&#8217;s look at the tenth image in my list, which is number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2417">2417</a> (right). This is one that we looked at just a few weeks ago, shot at the end of November, 2009 at the Jindai Botanical Park. Possibly because it&#8217;s one of my most recent shots, but I&#8217;d say that right now, this is possibly my favorite shot of 2009. I just love this image. The multiple colors, with the splash of green in the foreground and then the red leaves slightly further into the shot, and then the orange then yellow leaves all totally complement each other, and I really like how I positioned the tree trunk along the right side of the image, with the Y shape as the trunk branches out just at the right place in the top right, everything just comes together perfectly for me here.</p>
<p>I should tell you that although there are a couple of portrait photos that I really wanted to include, I decided once again, as with last year, that I was going to concentrate only on my nature photography for my top ten selection. I do value my portrait work, but I&#8217;m decided to leave that out, as I do think of it as kind of a side business compared to my nature and wildlife work.</p>
<p>So there you have it &#8212; my selection from my last year of photography. A little self-centered again, as with the other recent achievements and goals episode that I did. My aim in bringing you this sort of Podcast is really to get you thinking about doing similar activities, if you don&#8217;t already do so. Setting goals and tracking achievements is very important to your success. Also looking back at the fruits of your labor, as I did in preparation for this episode, really helps you to see how well you&#8217;ve done over the year. When I compare my 2009 list to my 2008 list, which we discussed in <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=170#Ep170">Episode 170</a>, I definitely feel as though my photography as improved over the last year. Likewise, when I compare these images and my 2008 images to my 2007 top ten, that we looked at in <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=119#Ep119">episode 119</a>, again, I feel as though on the whole I&#8217;ve improved. There are favorites from previous years that I might rank higher than 2009, but on the whole, the quality is going up in my opinion.</p>
<p>Try to select just 10 of your own photos that would best represent your own 2009. If you don&#8217;t shoot very much, you could try selecting just 5 or even three images, but doing the exercise forces you to take a critical look at your year, which I feel has value and in itself may help you to improve in your photography as we start again in 2010.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Check out my 2008 top ten images here: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=170#Ep170" target="_blank">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=170#Ep170</a></p>
<p>And my 2007 top ten images are here: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=119#Ep119" target="_blank">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?ep=119#Ep119</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep224.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/kanzakura-white-eye/' title='Kanzakura White Eye'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Shinjuku_Gyoen_20090208_0332-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Kanzakura White Eye" title="Kanzakura White Eye" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/shadow-dancing-2/' title='Shadow Dancing'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Hokkaido_Feb2009_20090219_5401-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Shadow Dancing" title="Shadow Dancing" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/lone-tree-on-a-hill-2/' title='Lone Tree on a Hill'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Hokkaido_Feb2009_20090222_6383-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Lone Tree on a Hill" title="Lone Tree on a Hill" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/mother-child/' title='Mother &amp; Child'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jigokudani_20090227_7729-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Mother &amp; Child" title="Mother &amp; Child" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/ooarai-torii-shinto-gate-4/' title='Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Ooarai_Shinto_Gate_20090411_0067-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" title="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/night-jetty-4/' title='Night Jetty'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Towadako_20090711_2613-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Night Jetty" title="Night Jetty" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/red-cosmos/' title='Red Cosmos'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Hamarikyuu_20090906_3339-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Red Cosmos" title="Red Cosmos" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/hmmmm-bokeh-2/' title='Hmmmm... Bokeh!'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Shouwakinenkouen_20091004_3602-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Hmmmm... Bokeh!" title="Hmmmm... Bokeh!" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/upper-kirifuri-falls/' title='Upper Kirifuri Falls'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Kirifuri_Falls_20091102_4355-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Upper Kirifuri Falls" title="Upper Kirifuri Falls" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/colour-collaboration-2/' title='Colour Collaboration'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/01/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20091128_1849-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Colour Collaboration" title="Colour Collaboration" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2010/01/04/podcast-224-martins-top-ten-images-from-2009/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep224.mp3" length="21747433" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
Happy New Year!! 2010 has begun, and today to start a new year of podcasts and photography, and I have a feeling it’s going to be a great year! And to kick off, now in its third iteration, today I’m going to take you through my own personal selection of my top ten images from 2009.
I really enjoy going through the exercise of looking back through my last year’s images, and trying to decide which ten really are my favorites. It gives you a view of your progression, and when I compare this to my list from 2008, I certainly feel happier with this year’s work, although I do still very much like my selection from 2008 as well.
The good thing about going back through your images from an entire year is that many weeks and sometimes months has passed, since we made most of the photographs, and so you can be a little bit more subjective. As we’ve mentioned many times, when you have just shot something, you can be a little more influenced by the experience and excitement of the shoot, and therefore favor some images that you might not quite like as much later on.
I like to give my images at least two or three days to simmer before I make my final selection of what images I am going to take further in my work-flow, and upload to my gallery etc. When possible, I like to give them a week or so. After many months have passed though, when you look back at the images, they have to really stand on their own merits for you to still really like them. This gives me confidence that anything that makes this list really is my best work from 2009. Well, actually, to really do this properly, I should probably do this around February or March time, but the start of the year just seems a better time to do this.
Here are some quick stats on my selection process before we look at the top ten. On my first pass through my 380 or so best shots from 2009, I was left with a shortlist of 50 images initially. That’s around 13%, which I’m pleased with. Even though I felt like dropping a few more into the favorites bucket, I left many out because I knew that they’d be trumped by other images. The 50 were ones that I knew I was going to have to compare side by side before making a decision.
A second pass go me down to 26 images, and now it started to get really difficult to remove further images. You kind of switch into a different mode and feel more like an assassin than a photographer at this point. I got down to 15, and had to take a break for a while. In the end, I had to turn to my art director (read wife) for advice. She has a different eye to me, and a different sense of the aesthetic to a degree, but she can also be that little bit more subjective than I can, and is always a great help in these final culling stages. Let’s take a look at what was left after my final ruthless cull down to 10 images. Note that we’re going to look at these in chronological order, and not the in priority of how much I like each image or anything like that.
Kanzakura White Eye
First up is image number 2103 (above) from early February, the weekend before last year’s Hokkaido Workshop. This is a White Eye bird, shot in the early blossoming Kan-zakura flower. These little birds are native to Japan and here all year round, but they come to feed on the nectar in the blossom early every spring, and although they move very fast, there are enough of them to be able to get a few shots if you visit a park with the trees in them. This was shot in the Shinjuku Gyoen park, in Tokyo. I particularly like this shot because of that sea of pink in which the bird is situated. This particular tree is often so full of blossom that you can create the entire background with pink, making a beautiful setting for your subject. This is also one of those few occasions when I think that bulls-eyeing the image worked, as we can see the White Eye is smack in the middle of the frame, though the eye is slightly [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Today I&#039;m going to take you through my own personal selection of my top ten images from 2009. I really enjoy going through the exercise of looking back through my last year&#039;s images, and trying to decide which ten really are my favorites. [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 223 : 2009 Achievements and Goals for 2010</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/29/podcast-223-2009-achievements-and-goals-for-2010/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/29/podcast-223-2009-achievements-and-goals-for-2010/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 28 Dec 2009 16:13:52 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Musings" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="achievements" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="goals" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1318</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. As 2009 draws to an end, I&#8217;m once again going to look back at the year, and see how I did against the want-to-do list that I set for myself for this year, and talk a little about what I plan to [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />
<div id="attachment_1322" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 447px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1322" title="Huh?" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Shuzenji_20090705-22.jpg" alt="Huh?" width="437" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Huh?</p></div>
<p>As 2009 draws to an end, I&#8217;m once again going to look back at the year, and see how I did against the want-to-do list that I set for myself for this year, and talk a little about what I plan to do in 2010. Note that I called it a want-to-do list, because I have resigned myself to the fact that there are things that I will just not have time to do. I like to aim pretty high though, and at least succeed in some areas, even if I don&#8217;t achieve everything that I&#8217;d like to do. As long as I accomplish some of the stuff, or redirect my energies somewhere that I can live with, then I&#8217;m happy.</p>
<p>The first thing on my list from 2009 was to plan the 2010 Hokkaido Workshop as soon as possible on my return from the February 2009 trip and start to work on some real advertising.</p>
<p>Well, I certainly did get to the planning quickly. I also added the Snow Monkeys as an optional excursion, and I found that with releasing information about the trips early enough, I was able to achieve enough bookings in the first few months for me not to worry about paid advertising as such. By October the workshop was fully booked, so I&#8217;m very happy about the way the workshops are working out, especially in the current economy.</p>
<p>Next, I&#8217;d said that I wanted to find a venue for a show of my work, either paid for by me, or sponsored. My third goal was that I wanted to do a book that would accompany the show. Neither of these happened. I did look into both, but the gallery that I had in mind wouldn&#8217;t allow you to sell a book or prints at the show, and I ran out of time and motivation on this as I put my energies into the production of the <a href="http://www.fineartfolios.jp/">fine art folios</a> that I released a few weeks ago. Definitely not off my radar though, as I move into 2010.</p>
<p>Next was that I wanted to offer a few loose page fine art print portfolios of my work. This of course was accomplished, as I just said, I released the first three fine art folios a few weeks ago. You can check those out at <a href="http://www.fineartfolios.jp/">www.fineartfolios.jp</a>, or linked from the top page at <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/">www.martinbaileyphotography.com</a>. They took a lot of work to plan and produce though, and with it taking basically a full day to produce a three folio set, it&#8217;s something that will continue to take time as I sell these. It was a great project though, and it&#8217;s amazing to see my work in such a high quality presentation. There&#8217;ll be more to come in 2010 as well.</p>
<p><span id="more-1318"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_1328" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1328" title="Ease Paris Portrait Shoot" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Ease_Paris_Portraits_20091010_0085.jpg" alt="Ease Paris Portrait Shoot" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Ease Paris Portrait Shoot</p></div>
<p>Another goal for 2009 was that I wanted to do more paid portrait work. I also noted that this may be preceded by putting together a nice web page to promote the portraiture work. Well, I kind of half achieved this. I did a bit of paid portrait work this year, but not as much as I wanted to. What I did do though, was complete some very important preparation. In addition to the few paid jobs that I did, I hired an outdoor studio and had four families that helped me pay the studio rental fees come by and we did four consecutive portrait shoots. As we leave 2009, I now have a whole bunch of great shots in my portfolio, and a signed model release for each of the people in the photos, and will be putting together a portraiture site, or a section of my main site at least, that will be specifically to showcase my portrait work, and I intend to include package pricing details etc. This and some other marketing that I have still to figure out will hopefully help me to build on this side of my business in 2010.</p>
<p>The next goal up, although kind of laughable in some respects was that I wanted to read more. I told you that had picked up a number of great photography books in 2008 that I still hadn’t read. Well, again, I kind of half achieved this. I definitely read more than 2008, but not as much as I&#8217;d like to have, and I ended up adding a whole bunch of books to my collection in 2009 as well. Some of the new books got read before my 2008 books, but I was happy with that decision. The desire to read the book is important to me, especially as I&#8217;m a slow reader, so it really takes a lot of effort for me to read a book cover to cover. Once I start a book though, I do like to get through it while I can still remember what I&#8217;d just read, and so I made a little more time for reading in 2009. I did find it nice to just sit with a book on the odd evening, and I intend to continue to try to make time for reading in 2010.</p>
<p>Towards the end of 2008 I&#8217;d picked up the Adobe CS4 Design Premium Suite, and one of my goals was to get up to speed on all of the applications in that. This is pretty much done to the level I&#8217;d hoped. I learn by doing projects, and so I made it my goal to totally revamp my Workshops Web site using Dreamweaver. It was a pig of a program to get used to by the way. I&#8217;d used an old version in the late 90&#8242;s, but none of what I&#8217;d learned helped. I ended up signing up for an account at Lynda.com and went through a few tutorials to help me to learn Dreamweaver. I then went on to do my <a href="http://www.fineartfolios.jp/">fine art folios</a> Web site and the new top page at <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/">www.martinbaileyphotography.com</a> with Dreamweaver though, and am now finally happy with my Dreamweaver knowledge.</p>
<p>I&#8217;d also learned Illustrator back in college here in Japan between 1995 and 97, but Illustrator has also changed so much that I felt I had to relearn most of it. Again, Lynda.com came in handy, and I used Illustrator to design the folder for my folios, and I redid my kneeling photographer logo in Illustrator as I needed to send the die-press company some quality graphics. This was all an education. I learned a certain amount of InDesign, which I used to produce the PDF that I put together to show you my <a href="http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/Fine_Art_Inkjet_Paper_Print_Test_and_Results.pdf">Printing Test Results</a>, which I released with episodes <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=192#Ep192">192</a> and <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/podcasts.php?dt=ti&amp;ep=193#Ep193">193</a>.</p>
<p>There are still a few programs in the CS4 Web Design Premium suite that I haven&#8217;t had a project to force me to learn them yet, but I&#8217;m feeling pretty good now at the end of 2009, and happy that I bought a suite, instead of just Photoshop.</p>
<p>Another goal that I set for myself in 2009 was to do more social networking. I&#8217;ve still not uploaded all of my best work to <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/martin_bailey" target="_blank">Flickr</a>, and I still don&#8217;t comment on peoples&#8217; work as much as I need to, but I&#8217;ve definitely done more there this year. I actually redirected a lot of my Social Networking time to <a href="http://twitter.com/MartinBailey" target="_blank">Twitter</a> and <a href="http://www.facebook.com/MartinBaileyPhotography" target="_blank">Facebook</a> more than <a href="http://www.flickr.com/photos/martin_bailey" target="_blank">Flickr</a>. I set up a fan page for <a href="http://www.facebook.com/MartinBaileyPhotography" target="_blank">Martin Bailey Photography</a>, and at the end of 2009 have around 360 people that have registered with the page. There are also just under 1,600 following me on Twitter now, and I have made a lot of new friends on Flickr as well, so I certainly feel as though I&#8217;m starting to get to grips with Social Networking now. By the way, links to my Flickr, Facebook and Twitter accounts are all on my blog and Web site if you haven&#8217;t hooked up already.</p>
<p>My ninth goal for 2009 was that I wanted to make sure that I always have time each week to continue to do this Podcast. Well, I&#8217;m still here, so I guess I achieved this goal. I am still very much enjoying doing this Podcast too, although it is a big chunk out of my free time each week. As I&#8217;ve mentioned before though, doing this Podcast not only helps me to get my name and my images out there, but it also keeps me in check, and I am sure that I myself have become a better photographer through doing this, and I get to meet all of you listeners either in the forum or on Facebook, Flickr or Twitter etc. and you really do all make it worthwhile, so thanks very much for continuing to listen. I&#8217;m really grateful for the community that we have built around this Podcast and forum. You&#8217;re a great bunch, and I certainly intend to be saying something similar to this at the same time next year.</p>
<p>For my tenth goal for 2009, I said that most important thing for me was that I must continue to feel that my photography is progressing. I said that our newest work should be our best and even if I don’t get to photograph as often as I’d like, I want the photography that I do to be quality work that I&#8217;m happy with. Well, in my own humble opinion I feel that I have achieved this goal. Of course, this is subjective and you might think that my photos are crap, but personally, I think that I have continued to grow as a photographer in 2009. I most certainly haven&#8217;t shot as much as I&#8217;d have liked, but this year I&#8217;m not going to be beating myself up, because I&#8217;m happy with most of the reasons for this.</p>
<p>Firstly, as we&#8217;ve seen, I&#8217;ve either partially or fully achieved 8 out of my 10 goals for 2009. In addition to these goals, I also started a blog, which takes up a fair amount of extra time each week, though I&#8217;d like to be able to do more in the future. I now release the transcript for every Podcast episode along with the audio each week, and I have released the transcript for some of my more difficult to grasp archived episodes as well.</p>
<p>I was not happy about the amount of times that I wanted to get out shooting, but couldn&#8217;t because of problems with my Web sites. We&#8217;ve had a pretty horrible year when you look at the number of times the web sites have been down. I actually spent my entire Sunday this week moving everything to a totally new provider though. I&#8217;ve had all of the audio from the Podcast being served by <a href="http://www.godaddy.com/">GoDaddy</a> for a few months now, and as of yesterday, all of my other Web sites are now being served up by the <a href="http://mediatemple.net/">Media Temple</a> Grid-Service. Both of which I&#8217;m very happy with, as you might be able to tell, because it&#8217;s the first time I&#8217;ve told anyone the name of the providers. I&#8217;ve been too unhappy with my provider so far to tell you who they were. I&#8217;m really hoping that both of these companies continue to impress me, as I&#8217;ve really not enjoyed messing you listeners around either, with the sites being down etc. I&#8217;m pretty confident that things are going to get better now though. Let&#8217;s hope that these are not famous last words. <img src='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif' alt=':-)' class='wp-smiley' /> </p>
<p>I do intend to do a best 10 pics from 2009 episode this year too, probably next week now, so that will be the first episode of the 2010. I hope you&#8217;ll agree when we look back at my selection of images for the year, but generally I feel as though I have refined my eye through this year. I have been more selective in what I shoot, and I feel that I&#8217;ve captured the things that I have shot with a higher quality than previous years. Of course, I&#8217;m still happy with much of my previous work, but as I said when I discussed my last 2009 goal, I really do think that your last year&#8217;s work should be your best. If it isn&#8217;t there&#8217;s almost certainly something wrong.</p>
<p>Also, I am a big believer in working a location, not just once, but many times. My wife has asked in the past, &#8220;Why do you return to the same location time and again?&#8221; The answer is that you learn how to shoot, or how not to shoot a location or particular subject more each time you photograph it. Of course, weather conditions and the condition of the subject will always effect what you get at a given time, and there is no guarantee that you are going to get better shots every year, but in general, learning the idiosyncrasies of a location or subject will help you to bring out the best of it in your photographs. Of course, it&#8217;s important to find new locations and subjects to shoot too, but with the little time I&#8217;ve had this year, it&#8217;s often a safe bet to go back to somewhere that you know, and try to improve on your previous attempts. I save finding new spots for when I have more time, which isn&#8217;t that often at the moment unfortunately.</p>
<div id="attachment_1323" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1323" title="Pylon Sunrise - Looking Ahead" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Kotokunuma_20090110_16511.jpg" alt="Pylon Sunrise - Looking Ahead" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Pylon Sunrise - Looking Ahead</p></div>
<p>Anyway, let&#8217;s start to look at my goals for 2010. There is a possibility of big changes in 2010, but for now here&#8217;re my slightly conservative 2010 goals.</p>
<ol>
<li>Once again, the first big job of is to plan the 2011 Hokkaido Workshops as soon as possible in 2010. I&#8217;m even thinking that I&#8217;d like to at least get the schedule down, and book some of the smaller hotels before we even make the 2010 trip, just to make sure that I can get enough rooms etc.</li>
<li>Add three more fine art folios in 2010. My current three <a href="http://www.fineartfolios.jp/">fine art folios</a> are just a start. I have ideas for a lot more, and want to release at least one more every four months or so. This will depend on sales of the first three though.</li>
<li>Build that portraiture site. As I said earlier, I have laid a lot of foundations to really start to seek more portraiture work, so I want to build the site and work on that side of my business in 2010.</li>
<li>Learn Adobe Premiere Pro CS4 and do more video. I bought Adobe Premiere Pro CS4 recently, and need to really learn the ins and outs of video editing. I don&#8217;t intend to go video crazy right now, but I definitely want to do more than I am now, and edit it nicely into say promotional videos for my workshops or just by adding short video clips into slideshows.</li>
<li>Watch at least one <a href="http://www.kelbytraining.com/">Kelby Training</a> Video per month. I signed up for Kelby Training a few months ago, and I&#8217;m finding myself over at Kelby Training a little more often than <a href="http://www.lynda.com/">Lynda.com</a> now, because the content is more photography centric, but both are excellent resources, and the one I go to at a given time depends on what I want to learn.</li>
<li>Copyright all of my best shots. I have around 2,000 images that I consider to be my best work, and I fully intend to copyright these online in 2010. Rest assured, when I get around to this, there&#8217;ll be a Podcast on it!</li>
<li>Blog more &#8212; at least two none Podcast blog posts per month. This will depend on time, but I&#8217;d really like to do at least a couple more blog posts each month that are not just the Podcast transcript and images.</li>
<li>Once again, I do want to find that venue for a show of my work. I seriously want to do an exhibition, and will hopefully be able to raise the priority of setting this up in 2010 and just make it happen. An accompanying book would be nice, but I can also consider just making sure I have some folios in stock, or sample folios to show people to take orders to be fulfilled later.</li>
<li>I&#8217;d like to introduce at least one more workshop, in addition to my Snow Monkey and Hokkaido workshop. At a minimum, I want to work on some weekend workshops around Tokyo, but I have lots of other ideas too. Let&#8217;s see how this one pans out.</li>
<li>Continue to grow! Some of these are almost givens, so I&#8217;m going to group them together. I&#8217;m going to continue the Podcast, and try to get at least one more sponsor, hopefully two more. I want to reach at least 5,000 followers on <a href="http://twitter.com/MartinBailey">Twitter</a> and 3,000 fans on <a href="http://www.facebook.com/MartinBaileyPhotography">Facebook</a>. And of course, I need to feel as though I&#8217;m a better photographer by the end of 2010 than I am at the end of 2009.</li>
</ol>
<p>So there you have it. I might not achieve all of these, but you never know, I might knock a few out of the stadium as well.</p>
<p>What are you planning for 2010? Either comment below or in the <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/forum/" target="_blank">forum</a>.</p>
<p>Also, as this will be the last episode of 2009, I&#8217;d like to wish you all a very Happy New Year, and thank you for listening through 2009.</p>
<p>On a finishing note, I just wanted to let you know that I was the guest on <a href="http://photofocus.com/2009/12/25/photofocus-podcast-episode-25/">Scott Bourne&#8217;s Photofocus Podcast</a> released on the 25th of December, so check that out if you haven&#8217;t already. You can listen to the audio and read the show-notes in the <a href="http://photofocus.com/2009/12/25/photofocus-podcast-episode-25/" target="_blank">blog post</a>, or subscribe and download through iTunes, if you don&#8217;t already. Scott and I chatted for an hour and answered lots of great photography questions, so do check that out.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>I was a guest on Scott Bourne&#8217;s Photofocus Podcast: <a href="http://photofocus.com/2009/12/25/photofocus-podcast-episode-25/">http://photofocus.com/2009/12/25/photofocus-podcast-episode-25/</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep223.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/29/podcast-223-2009-achievements-and-goals-for-2010/huh-2/' title='Huh?'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Shuzenji_20090705-22-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Huh?" title="Huh?" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/29/podcast-223-2009-achievements-and-goals-for-2010/ease-paris-portrait-shoot/' title='Ease Paris Portrait Shoot'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Ease_Paris_Portraits_20091010_0085-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Ease Paris Portrait Shoot" title="Ease Paris Portrait Shoot" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/29/podcast-223-2009-achievements-and-goals-for-2010/pylon-sunrise/' title='Pylon Sunrise - Looking Ahead'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Kotokunuma_20090110_16511-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Pylon Sunrise - Looking Ahead" title="Pylon Sunrise - Looking Ahead" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/29/podcast-223-2009-achievements-and-goals-for-2010/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep223.mp3" length="24358114" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.

Huh?
As 2009 draws to an end, I’m once again going to look back at the year, and see how I did against the want-to-do list that I set for myself for this year, and talk a little about what I plan to do in 2010. Note that I called it a want-to-do list, because I have resigned myself to the fact that there are things that I will just not have time to do. I like to aim pretty high though, and at least succeed in some areas, even if I don’t achieve everything that I’d like to do. As long as I accomplish some of the stuff, or redirect my energies somewhere that I can live with, then I’m happy.
The first thing on my list from 2009 was to plan the 2010 Hokkaido Workshop as soon as possible on my return from the February 2009 trip and start to work on some real advertising.
Well, I certainly did get to the planning quickly. I also added the Snow Monkeys as an optional excursion, and I found that with releasing information about the trips early enough, I was able to achieve enough bookings in the first few months for me not to worry about paid advertising as such. By October the workshop was fully booked, so I’m very happy about the way the workshops are working out, especially in the current economy.
Next, I’d said that I wanted to find a venue for a show of my work, either paid for by me, or sponsored. My third goal was that I wanted to do a book that would accompany the show. Neither of these happened. I did look into both, but the gallery that I had in mind wouldn’t allow you to sell a book or prints at the show, and I ran out of time and motivation on this as I put my energies into the production of the fine art folios that I released a few weeks ago. Definitely not off my radar though, as I move into 2010.
Next was that I wanted to offer a few loose page fine art print portfolios of my work. This of course was accomplished, as I just said, I released the first three fine art folios a few weeks ago. You can check those out at www.fineartfolios.jp, or linked from the top page at www.martinbaileyphotography.com. They took a lot of work to plan and produce though, and with it taking basically a full day to produce a three folio set, it’s something that will continue to take time as I sell these. It was a great project though, and it’s amazing to see my work in such a high quality presentation. There’ll be more to come in 2010 as well.

Ease Paris Portrait Shoot
Another goal for 2009 was that I wanted to do more paid portrait work. I also noted that this may be preceded by putting together a nice web page to promote the portraiture work. Well, I kind of half achieved this. I did a bit of paid portrait work this year, but not as much as I wanted to. What I did do though, was complete some very important preparation. In addition to the few paid jobs that I did, I hired an outdoor studio and had four families that helped me pay the studio rental fees come by and we did four consecutive portrait shoots. As we leave 2009, I now have a whole bunch of great shots in my portfolio, and a signed model release for each of the people in the photos, and will be putting together a portraiture site, or a section of my main site at least, that will be specifically to showcase my portrait work, and I intend to include package pricing details etc. This and some other marketing that I have still to figure out will hopefully help me to build on this side of my business in 2010.
The next goal up, although kind of laughable in some respects was that I wanted to read more. I told you that had picked up a number of great photography books in 2008 that I still hadn’t read. Well, again, I kind of half achieved this. I definitely read more than 2008, but not as much as I’d like to have, and I ended up adding a whole bunch of books to my collection in 2009 as well. Some of the new books got read before my 2008 books, but I was happy with that decision. The [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. As 2009 draws to an end, I’m once again going to look back at the year, and see how I did against the want-to-do list that I set for myself for this year, and talk a little [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 222 : Making Pictures</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Mon, 21 Dec 2009 14:44:07 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Art Talk" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Tips &amp; Techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="composition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="making pictures" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="timing" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1302</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. On November 28, I visited one of my favourite parks here in Tokyo, Jindai Botanical Gardens, to shoot the beautiful autumn color that they have as a result of some strategically planted Japanese maple or Kaede trees. While I was shooting the [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />On November 28, I visited one of my favourite parks here in Tokyo, Jindai Botanical Gardens, to shoot the beautiful autumn color that they have as a result of some strategically planted Japanese maple or Kaede trees. While I was shooting the below scene, I realized that a small crowd of photographers had gathered behind me, and they were vying for position to shoot the same scene. This is not uncommon, but it got me thinking that I had found a particular spot where everything works, that had not been obvious to others photographing in the same location, so I figured I&#8217;d talk about this a little today.</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<div id="attachment_1304" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 420px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1304" title="Colour Collaboration" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20091128_1849.jpg" alt="Colour Collaboration" width="410" height="600" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Colour Collaboration</p></div>
<p>First let&#8217;s look at one of the resulting images from this shoot, which is image number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2417">2417</a>. I love this image. It was one of those &#8220;hair on the back of my head standing up because I&#8217;m making something beautiful here&#8221; moments. I have been so busy with other stuff recently, that I didn&#8217;t have time to have more than a quick glance through these images on the day that I shot them, but when I came back to the set on Sunday, three weeks later, my hair was standing up again just looking at these.</p>
<p>Anyway, as I say, I was aware at the time I was shooting this, that it was not the obvious angle to shoot these trees from. In fact, I have shot here at this time of the year for three years in a row now, and never noticed this angle before, so it has not been obvious, even to me, until this time. I have shot the yellow tree a lot. It&#8217;s my favourite tree here. This year though, it was not as beautiful as it has been for the first two years. I don&#8217;t know if they pruned it down, or if it was just more grandiose in previous years, but it just didn&#8217;t have the same presence this year. Feeling like I was standing in front of an old friend, I even called out to the tree, announcing that I was back, and thanking it for the great photos from previous years. I only shot a few frames of the tree from the same angle this year though, because it didn&#8217;t look at good, and I was not going to make as good a picture as the ones I already have.</p>
<p>As I walked away though, I felt somewhat saddened, and really wanted to make something of the beautiful yellow leaves, so I started to do what I&#8217;d spoken about a number of times, and that&#8217;s to look back. We can often think of a scene in a certain way, and especially, once you have what you think is the best photograph that the scene can offer, we walk away. I do though often look back at a subject as I move on, just to make sure that I&#8217;m not missing something, and this year, I did that for a little bit longer than I might usually do, and I ended up spotting an angle where there were a number of different coloured trees in a line. The moment I saw it, I knew there was a shot there, so I dropped my tripod down with my 300mm F2.8 lens on it, and started to line up a shot. I raised the tripod a little, and then lowered it a little, so that all of the leaves lined up just right.</p>
<p>I was pretty far away, so to really edit out as much of the surrounding as necessary, I also used the 1.4X extender, so this image was shot at a focal length of 420mm. So, in addition to looking, and finding the right angle to get this shot, I had adjusted the height of my camera on the tripod, and the focal length. The next thing I did was rendered the beautiful red, green and orange leaves in the foreground out of focus, by using a very shallow depth-of-field. When using the 1.4X extender with the 300mm F2.8 lens, you lose one stop, so F4 is my widest aperture, and that is what I shot this image at. I would bet a three digit amount that the majority of people that saw me shooting here and tried to shoot the same angle ended up stopping down the aperture, trying to get all of the leaves in the frame sharp. I didn&#8217;t shoot anything smaller than F4, because I knew that this look is what I wanted.</p>
<p><span id="more-1302"></span>Shortly after I finished shooting this scene, I walked along a little further, and placed my tripod down to shoot the wider scene, mainly to show you what I was working with, and as I did, some of the guys that had been queuing behind me for my spot, ran past, obviously having seen something that interested them. I turned to see what it was, and the sun was shining through the larger surrounding trees, just highlighting another orange and red leaved tree maybe 100 meters or so away. My wife looked at me and asked if I wanted to go over, and I said no, and on recalling this realized that there&#8217;s another element in the making of this picture. I had shot this scene in the shade, which really helps to control the colours.</p>
<p>I&#8217;ve also shot the yellow tree in direct sunlight, and it&#8217;s nice, but as I&#8217;ve mentioned before, nice sunny days don&#8217;t always make for the best photographs. I&#8217;d actually prefer to shoot in the shade or on an overcast day and even in the rain, as opposed to bright sunlight. If you go to my <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/gallery.php" target="_blank">online gallery</a> and take a look through my albums, or use the <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/cooliris.php">Cooliris viewer</a> to look back through my image collection, you&#8217;ll quickly see that there are very few images that include a blue sky. There is the odd one, but really, most of the time a blue sky doesn&#8217;t excite me, and even if I&#8217;m out on a clear day, I rarely include the sky in the shot if it&#8217;s a clear blue one.</p>
<p>So, to recap, I worked the <strong>angle,</strong> the <strong>height from which I shot</strong>, the amount of the scene that I include with the <strong>focal length</strong>, the <strong>depth of the focus (depth-of-field)</strong> with my <strong>aperture</strong>, and the <strong>quality of the light</strong> hitting the leaves was controlled by the <strong>time of day</strong> of my visit. I should note that the weather forecast for this day was sunny in the morning, and overcast in the afternoon. I arrived after lunch. All of the elements that I&#8217;m talking about here are totally adjustable, and very personal to how we as photographers choose to make our images.</p>
<p>To hopefully help to impress on you what sort of a scene I&#8217;d carved this image from, below is a photograph of the wider scene. You can see here though that it&#8217;s just a regular park, albeit a very beautiful one at this time of year. You can probably appreciate though that the first photograph we looked at my not have been obvious at all, to the many people that come here at this time of year to photograph these trees. The above photo is of the trees to the extreme right of this image.</p>
<div id="attachment_1306" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1306" title="Location" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20091128_4570.jpg" alt="Location" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Location</p></div>
<p style="text-align: left;">As another example of making an image rather than taking it, let&#8217;s look at another photograph that I made this year, to introduce a few more concepts. The image is number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2256">2256</a>. You may recognize this image from earlier episodes, but the point I wanted to make here, is that I ensured that the sea that we can see softly illuminated here looks like that because I checked when the full moon was going to rise at this location, before planning a trip out to this spot. It&#8217;s a beautiful place, but to me, there&#8217;d be little point in coming here to photograph this Shinto Gate unless the moon was going to light up the sea in this way.</p>
<div id="attachment_1309" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1309" title="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Ooarai_Shinto_Gate_20090411_0067.jpg" alt="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)</p></div>
<p>Also, you might remember that I photographed this same gate a few years ago as well, and the images, although OK, were not as nice, in my opinion, as this one. The reason for that is because I now have a much better handle on long exposures. This image was made with a 4 minutes exposure, which really renders that sea so much more beautifully than the 30 second to one minute exposures that I&#8217;d used previously. So here, my point is, doing your homework while planning a trip, to give yourself a chance of getting the conditions you are after is important. Also, don&#8217;t just consider how you frame and compose your images, but bear in mind the visual effect that the length of the exposure gives you, as well as the depth-of-field etc that are controlled by the aperture.</p>
<p>Finally, I wanted to talk about one other option for making pictures, instead of taking them, and that is post processing. I clearly recall standing on the beach at Hamamatsu with my wife, and she was telling me that I was wasting my time photographing there. Let&#8217;s take a look at the image that I did not post to my gallery first, to give you some background.</p>
<div id="attachment_1308" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1308" title="Nakatajima Sakyuu (Original)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Hamamatsu_20090706-15_original.jpg" alt="Nakatajima Sakyuu (Original)" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Nakatajima Sakyuu (Original)</p></div>
<p style="text-align: center;"><span style="color: #ff0000;"> </span></p>
<p>Here you can see a pretty drab scene, although you can get an inkling of what I was trying to do, if you notice that I was again using a long exposure, to enable us to see the effect the waves have as they draw back out, around the log in the foreground. I was being persistent here though, as although I was in this area to meet with the company that I had do the die-pressing for my new folios, I had brought all my camera gear, and was determined not to leave the area without at least one photograph to also show for my four hour drive.</p>
<p>Despite the apparent drabness of the scene though, as I shot this, I had a clear picture of what I was going to do with this shot in my mind. I knew that I was going to convert this to black and white, probably in Nik Software&#8217;s Silver Effex Pro, as we&#8217;ll see shortly. My main objective moved from capturing something immediately beautiful, because it simply wasn&#8217;t there, to capturing a base image I could use to make something more special in post processing.</p>
<p>You&#8217;ll see that the sky in the original is very pale and featureless, but note that it is not blown out. I do this by default, but if say, I had blown out the sky, because it&#8217;s just a large blank patch of white, which I sometimes do with more contrasty scenes if there are more important foreground elements that need to be correctly exposed, then I would not have been able to rescue any detail in the clouds.</p>
<p>Let&#8217;s now take a look at the resulting image which is number <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/displayimage.php?pos=-2294">2294</a> (below). The black and white conversion enabled me to add contrast, and make those wave breakers in the sea to become more of a focal point. It&#8217;s not easy to see in the Web version, but in a larger print, these concrete formations actually add quite a bit to the shot. Most of all though, using some strategically placed control points in Silver Effex Pro, darkened down certain parts of the sky and beach, and helped to rescue something from what at first glance could easily have been a very uninspiring shot.</p>
<div id="attachment_1307" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1307" title="Nakatajima Sakyuu" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Hamamatsu_20090706-15.jpg" alt="Nakatajima Sakyuu" width="800" height="552" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Nakatajima Sakyuu</p></div>
<p>Again though, I want to stress that ensuring I got the water drawing out in the image, with that long exposure, and ensuring that I captured detail in the sky were critical for the success of this image. I am certainly not saying that you can rescue any old crappy image in post processing. My point is that to make an image, you can also sometimes pre-visualize what you will do in post processing, and make your field work more of a gathering process, than a finishing process. I do like to nail a shot in camera, but sometimes, we have to make the best of the situation, and I think this is a relatively good example of that.</p>
<p>Of course, there are times when you will totally make the shot, by using models, and props, and totally controlling the light. I will soon be sharing the details of a portrait shoot that I did a couple of months ago where I rented a studio and controlled all the light with three strobe until and umbrellas, and even had some volunteer models come along to help me build my portraiture portfolio. These are times when making an image takes on a different meaning, but we&#8217;ll get into that at another time.</p>
<p>For now, let&#8217;s just remember that all of your compositional tricks, as well as carefully selecting the angle and height from which you shoot, the focal length, the shutter speeds and the depth-of-field are all things that you control, and that can make, or break, a photograph. Keep tabs on everything that affects the results, including the quality of the light, the time of day, and the location of the sun, or the moon, if they are important to you in the realization of the images that you intend to &#8220;make&#8221;.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>This post was also prompted by a recent blog post by Rick Sammon; &#8220;On Making Pictures&#8221;: <a href="http://rickrawrulessammon.blogspot.com/2009/12/on-making-pictures.html" target="_blank">http://rickrawrulessammon.blogspot.com/2009/12/on-making-pictures.html</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: http://www.musicalley.com/</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep222.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/colour-collaboration/' title='Colour Collaboration'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20091128_1849-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Colour Collaboration" title="Colour Collaboration" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/location/' title='Location'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Jindaishokubutsukouen_20091128_4570-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Location" title="Location" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/ooarai-torii-shinto-gate-3/' title='Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Ooarai_Shinto_Gate_20090411_0067-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" title="Ooarai Torii (Shinto Gate)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/nakatajima-sakyuu-2/' title='Nakatajima Sakyuu (Original)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Hamamatsu_20090706-15_original-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Nakatajima Sakyuu (Original)" title="Nakatajima Sakyuu (Original)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/nakatajima-sakyuu/' title='Nakatajima Sakyuu'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/MBP_Hamamatsu_20090706-15-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Nakatajima Sakyuu" title="Nakatajima Sakyuu" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/21/podcast-222-making-pictures/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep222.mp3" length="19368044" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
On November 28, I visited one of my favourite parks here in Tokyo, Jindai Botanical Gardens, to shoot the beautiful autumn color that they have as a result of some strategically planted Japanese maple or Kaede trees. While I was shooting the below scene, I realized that a small crowd of photographers had gathered behind me, and they were vying for position to shoot the same scene. This is not uncommon, but it got me thinking that I had found a particular spot where everything works, that had not been obvious to others photographing in the same location, so I figured I’d talk about this a little today.
 
Colour Collaboration
First let’s look at one of the resulting images from this shoot, which is image number 2417. I love this image. It was one of those “hair on the back of my head standing up because I’m making something beautiful here” moments. I have been so busy with other stuff recently, that I didn’t have time to have more than a quick glance through these images on the day that I shot them, but when I came back to the set on Sunday, three weeks later, my hair was standing up again just looking at these.
Anyway, as I say, I was aware at the time I was shooting this, that it was not the obvious angle to shoot these trees from. In fact, I have shot here at this time of the year for three years in a row now, and never noticed this angle before, so it has not been obvious, even to me, until this time. I have shot the yellow tree a lot. It’s my favourite tree here. This year though, it was not as beautiful as it has been for the first two years. I don’t know if they pruned it down, or if it was just more grandiose in previous years, but it just didn’t have the same presence this year. Feeling like I was standing in front of an old friend, I even called out to the tree, announcing that I was back, and thanking it for the great photos from previous years. I only shot a few frames of the tree from the same angle this year though, because it didn’t look at good, and I was not going to make as good a picture as the ones I already have.
As I walked away though, I felt somewhat saddened, and really wanted to make something of the beautiful yellow leaves, so I started to do what I’d spoken about a number of times, and that’s to look back. We can often think of a scene in a certain way, and especially, once you have what you think is the best photograph that the scene can offer, we walk away. I do though often look back at a subject as I move on, just to make sure that I’m not missing something, and this year, I did that for a little bit longer than I might usually do, and I ended up spotting an angle where there were a number of different coloured trees in a line. The moment I saw it, I knew there was a shot there, so I dropped my tripod down with my 300mm F2.8 lens on it, and started to line up a shot. I raised the tripod a little, and then lowered it a little, so that all of the leaves lined up just right.
I was pretty far away, so to really edit out as much of the surrounding as necessary, I also used the 1.4X extender, so this image was shot at a focal length of 420mm. So, in addition to looking, and finding the right angle to get this shot, I had adjusted the height of my camera on the tripod, and the focal length. The next thing I did was rendered the beautiful red, green and orange leaves in the foreground out of focus, by using a very shallow depth-of-field. When using the 1.4X extender with the 300mm F2.8 lens, you lose one stop, so F4 is my widest aperture, and that is what I shot this image at. I would bet a three digit amount that the majority of people that saw me shooting here and tried to shoot the same angle ended up stopping down the aperture, trying to get all of the leaves in the frame sharp. I didn’t shoot anything smaller than F4, because I knew that this look is what I wanted.
Shortly after I finished [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. On November 28, I visited one of my favourite parks here in Tokyo, Jindai Botanical Gardens, to shoot the beautiful autumn color that they have as a result of some strategically [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Podcast 221 : Assignment Winners and Next Assignment Prizes!</title>
		<link>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/15/podcast-221-assignment-winners-and-next-assignment-prizes/#utm_source=feed&amp;utm_medium=feed&amp;utm_campaign=feed</link>
		<comments>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/15/podcast-221-assignment-winners-and-next-assignment-prizes/#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2009 12:53:19 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator>Martin Bailey</dc:creator>
		<category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Announcement" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Assignment" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Competition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Gear" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Podcast" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="assignment" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="competition" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="Photography" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="prizes" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="techniques" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="tips" /><category scheme="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com" term="winners" />
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/?p=1289</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post. Today it gives me great pleasure to announce the winners of the first MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment accumulated vote winners for the last six month&#8217;s assignments. As you know, when our sponsors WebSpy came on board in July 2009, they kindly set by [...]]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Prefer to listen? There&#8217;s an audio player at the bottom of the post.</p>
<hr />Today it gives me great pleasure to announce the winners of the first MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment accumulated vote winners for the last six month&#8217;s assignments. As you know, when our sponsors WebSpy came on board in July 2009, they kindly set by $1,000 for prizes for our assignment, and I arranged some great prizes for the three people with the most votes from your peers in the six assignments from July to November. So today, we not only hear who the November assignment winners are, we find out who takes the amazing prizes that we have lined up.</p>
<p>Also, WebSpy have kindly offered to continue to be our sponsors, and have put up another $1,000 for prizes for the next six months of assignments, so today I will also announce the prizes that will be given to the lucky winners in July 2010.</p>
<div id="attachment_1290" class="wp-caption alignright" style="width: 517px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1290" title="Yellow &amp; Fall(ing) (Copyright &amp;copy; Allen ONeal)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_4584_copy.jpg" alt="Yellow &amp; Fall(ing)" width="507" height="772" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Yellow &amp; Fall(ing) (Copyright © Allen ONeal)</p></div>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">November Assignment Winners</span></strong></p>
<p>First up, let&#8217;s take a quick look at the winners of the November assignment, which was a panning assignment. This was a tough one, as we can see by the number of images entered. I would have liked to have seen more images uploaded for this, as I know that many of you are up for a challenge, but I guess panning was pushing it a bit too far.</p>
<p>We&#8217;ll go through the winners in reverse order as usual, and so in third place, we have Zodiaci or Allen ONeal, with &#8220;Yellow &amp; Fall(ing)&#8221;, which is image <a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-14950">m14950</a> (right). This one really jumped out at me as I looked through the assignment gallery. I love the use of colours here, with the bright yellow contrasting against the red background. I would have guessed from the thumbnail that it was floating down a river with fallen red leaves on the river bed. Not so though. From the comment, we learn that Allen actually panned with this leave as it was falling, which is pretty amazing. The yellow leaf is very sharp, and the exposure long enough at a quarter of a second to render the background a total blur of colour. Excellent work Allen, and congratulations on third place.</p>
<p>Moving quickly along, in second place with image <a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-14886">m14886</a> (below), from Marcus Bain we have &#8220;Racer&#8221;. Both Marcus and Allen have been placed a number of times in this last few assignments, and are really putting a lot of effort into this, and having fun at the same time it seems.</p>
<p>We can see from Marcus&#8217; comments against the image that this was his first attempt at panning, which is great, especially when he comes up with shots like this. We can see that Marcus has desaturated the colours except the reds and blues, which adds a lot to the effect, and really makes us feel the slightly distorted view of the world that the man speeding past. Marcus got this effect with a 25th of a second exposure, so we can really get a sense of the speed here. The subject is not quite as sharp as it might be, but plenty sharp enough for this sort of shot, so congratulations on a great image again Marcus. A very deserving second place here.</p>
<p><span id="more-1289"></span></p>
<div id="attachment_1291" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 610px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1291" title="Racer (Copyright © Marcus Bain)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/mbp_nov09panned_01c.jpg" alt="Racer (Copyright © Marcus Bain)" width="600" height="400" /><p class="wp-caption-text">Racer (Copyright © Marcus Bain)</p></div>
<p>In first place we have Edwin Collingridge&#8217;s image, <a href="http://www.mbpgalleries.com/displayimage.php?pos=-14938">m14938</a> (below), entitled &#8220;A Burn on the Bike&#8221;. This is a 1/50th of a second pan; so again, the subject is travelling some here. I love the composition with the young boy off center to the left, with plenty of space to ride into, and the yellow grasses amongst the green make for a very nice dappled background, sufficiently blurred by the panning action. The red fleece and gloves that the boy is wearing are also a nice contrast to the surrounding colours. I think what makes this shot is the sharpness of the boy. Technically it&#8217;s a very good pan, which I&#8217;m sure in addition to the artistic merits of the shot is another reason why so many people voted for this.</p>
<div id="attachment_1292" class="wp-caption aligncenter" style="width: 810px"><img class="size-full wp-image-1292" title="A Burn on the Bike (Copyright © Edwin Collingridge)" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/Winter_Ride.jpg" alt="A Burn on the Bike (Copyright © Edwin Collingridge)" width="800" height="533" /><p class="wp-caption-text">A Burn on the Bike (Copyright © Edwin Collingridge)</p></div>
<p>Congratulations on first place Edwin &#8212; a very good win with this amazing image!</p>
<p><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Six Month MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment Winners</span></strong></p>
<p>Let&#8217;s move on now, to see who the lucky three are that will receive the prizes that our sponsors WebSpy have enabled us to offer for this batch of six monthly photography assignments to November 2009.</p>
<p>In third place, it gives me immense pleasure to announce that our good friend Landon Michaelson will be receiving every issue of Lenswork Extended to Dec 2009. That&#8217;s all 29 issues released to date. Congratulations Landon! In the end, you amassed 99 votes for the images that you entered in the last six months of assignments. If anyone is going to make the most of these CDs and DVDs from LensWork, I know you will. I would also like to once again thank the kind folks over at Lenswork for making this special offer available to us.</p>
<p>For the longest time, Mr Nikon or Dan seemed certain to take the first prize in these assignments, but I&#8217;m sorry to say, from Dan&#8217;s perspective at least, that he has been pipped at the post. I&#8217;m definitely not sorry to say though that Dan will be receiving an incredibly Lensbaby Composer as the second prize. Congratulations Dan! Once again, I know that with your vision and technical ability, you are certainly going to put this lens to the best possible use. Dan by the way amassed 133 votes from the last six months of assignments.</p>
<p>And now, the moment you&#8217;ve all been waiting for, it gives me great pleasure to announce the winner of the 1st MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment, Zodiaci, whose real name is Allen ONeal. Allen was gradually gaining momentum in the first half of this six month batch of assignments, but then he really came through very strong in the last three. Congratulations Allen! You will be receiving a superb Sigma 50mm F1.4 EX DG HSM lens! This is an amazing bit of glass Allen, so really well done. In total, Allen amassed 142 votes from his peers. You had an amazing batch of images over the last six months, including of course the one that we looked at earlier that came in third in the November assignment.</p>
<p>You guys all really deserve these prizes. You have each submitted some amazing images over the last six months. If you didn&#8217;t get placed, please don&#8217;t feel bad. You all submitted some great images, and hopefully became better photographers along the way, pushing yourself a little bit each month, both technically and artistically.</p>
<p>Prizes for the 2nd MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment (Dec &#8217;09 &#8211; June &#8217;10)</p>
<p>I also have more good news for you. For the next six months of assignments, starting this month, December 2009, we are going to be giving away five, not three, but five amazing prizes to the five photographers with the most accumulated votes at the end of the June 2010 assignment.</p>
<p>I have posted information about the prizes in <a href="http://bit.ly/61LAXU" target="_blank">another post on my blog earlier today</a>, so take a look at that for details and photographs. I&#8217;ll just summarize what these amazing prizes are here though, because I&#8217;m really excited that we are able to bring you these prizes, thanks to our sponsors WebSpy.</p>
<p>I&#8217;m going to just jump in and tell you that the first prize is a 320GB Sanho HyperDrive COLORSPACE UDMA portable storage unit! This new generation of HyperDrive UDMA portable storage units from Sanho really are the bees knees. They will download images from up to 14 types of memory cards to the hard disk inside the unit very quickly. They verify the data as it is being transferred, and have data recovery tools built into the hardware in case something happens to your images on the memory card. They read RAW files and show you the images on a beautiful 3.2&#8243; LCD screen and will transfer up to 250GB of data with a single charge of the batteries. They also support incremental copy and backup to an external hard drive, which I think is a must if these are going to be your only backup in the field, which is what they are designed for of course.</p>
<p>These units are not only just about the best portable storage device on the market at the moment, they are not restricted by the size of the hard drive that comes with them. As hard drives get larger and cheaper, you can simply buy a new one, and stick it into the HyperDrive COLORSPACE UDMA device, and away you go. These things ROCK! Note too that as prices drop, if we can buy a larger hard drive model in six month for the same budget that we have now, we will do.</p>
<p>For the second prize, I could not resist going once again with the Lensbaby Composer. This time we will be throwing in a case, but really, after six months of using mine, I&#8217;m convinced that every photographer should own a Lensbaby Composer. They just enable you to capture images that would not be possible otherwise. Even if you try to emulate the look in Photoshop, you aren&#8217;t going to get it because you see the world differently when you are out in the field using these lenses. You wouldn&#8217;t come home with the same images to work from without the Lensbaby Compose fitted to your camera.</p>
<p>Finally, for third to fifth place, three people will receive an X-Rite ColorChecker Passport. I have to admit that most of the time, I shoot with my camera set to a White Balance preset like Daylight or Cloudy, but sometimes, you simply have to take control of white balance, and when you need to do that, the X-Rite ColorChecker Passport is the way to go. The ColorChecker Passport contains a Creative Enhancement Target, a Classic Target and a White Balance target. What’s more, it comes with software to help you create custom camera profiles in a stand-alone desktop application and Adobe Lightroom. Not to mention that it comes in a sleek passport sized case for protection and portability. The X-Rite ColorChecker Passport is in my opinion is going to be the new standard in White Balance.</p>
<p>Now it’s just down to you to start shooting! Remember, the December 2009 assignment is Quiet Light. Your images have to be shot in the month of the assignment, and the assignment theme is announced on the 1st of each month, in the <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/forum/viewforum.php?f=24" target="_blank">Assignment &amp; Critique Forum</a> at martinbaileyphotography.com.</p>
<p>I’m really stoked to be able to bring you these prizes, with the help of our fabulous sponsors. Thanks once again to <a href="https://secure.avangate.com/affiliate.php?ACCOUNT=WEBSPYAL&amp;AFFILIATE=6438&amp;PATH=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.webspy.com%2Fmbp%2Fdefault.aspx" target="_blank">WebSpy</a> for supporting the Martin Bailey Photography Podcast and Blog!</p>
<p><strong> </strong></p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Podcast show-notes:</strong></span></p>
<p>Here are the scores for November and accumulated votes: <a href="http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/scores2009_2.php">http://www.martinbaileyphotography.com/scores2009_2.php</a></p>
<p>Here&#8217;s the blog post with details of the prizes: <a href="http://bit.ly/61LAXU">http://bit.ly/61LAXU</a></p>
<p>Music from Music Alley: <a href="http://www.musicalley.com/">http://www.musicalley.com/</a></p>
<p>or</p>
<p>Music created and produced by UniqueTracks.</p>
<hr /><span style="text-decoration: underline;"><strong>Audio</strong></span></p>

<p>Download the <a title="Requires iTunes or QuickTime to view" href="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.m4a?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep221.m4a" target="_blank">Enhanced Podcast M4A files</a> directly.</p>
<hr /><strong><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Gallery</span></strong></p>
<p>Click a thumbnail to view the images from this post with limited shooting info. Once the image has opened, you can navigate back and forth by clicking the image.</p>

<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/15/podcast-221-assignment-winners-and-next-assignment-prizes/yellow-falling/' title='Yellow &amp; Fall(ing)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/IMG_4584_copy-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Yellow &amp; Fall(ing)" title="Yellow &amp; Fall(ing)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/15/podcast-221-assignment-winners-and-next-assignment-prizes/mbp_nov09panned_01c/' title='Racer (Copyright © Marcus Bain)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/mbp_nov09panned_01c-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="Racer (Copyright © Marcus Bain)" title="Racer (Copyright © Marcus Bain)" /></a>
<a href='http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/15/podcast-221-assignment-winners-and-next-assignment-prizes/winter_ride/' title='A Burn on the Bike (Copyright &copy; Edwin Collingridge)'><img width="150" height="150" src="http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/12/Winter_Ride-150x150.jpg" class="attachment-thumbnail" alt="A Burn on the Bike (Copyright &copy; Edwin Collingridge)" title="A Burn on the Bike (Copyright &copy; Edwin Collingridge)" /></a>

<hr />
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://blog.martinbaileyphotography.com/2009/12/15/podcast-221-assignment-winners-and-next-assignment-prizes/feed/rss2/</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
<enclosure url="http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3?http://www.bokeaji.com/podcasts/MBPP_Ep221.mp3" length="19033322" type="audio/mpeg" />
	<itunes:summary>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post.
Today it gives me great pleasure to announce the winners of the first MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment accumulated vote winners for the last six month’s assignments. As you know, when our sponsors WebSpy came on board in July 2009, they kindly set by $1,000 for prizes for our assignment, and I arranged some great prizes for the three people with the most votes from your peers in the six assignments from July to November. So today, we not only hear who the November assignment winners are, we find out who takes the amazing prizes that we have lined up.
Also, WebSpy have kindly offered to continue to be our sponsors, and have put up another $1,000 for prizes for the next six months of assignments, so today I will also announce the prizes that will be given to the lucky winners in July 2010.
Yellow &amp; Fall(ing) (Copyright © Allen ONeal)
November Assignment Winners
First up, let’s take a quick look at the winners of the November assignment, which was a panning assignment. This was a tough one, as we can see by the number of images entered. I would have liked to have seen more images uploaded for this, as I know that many of you are up for a challenge, but I guess panning was pushing it a bit too far.
We’ll go through the winners in reverse order as usual, and so in third place, we have Zodiaci or Allen ONeal, with “Yellow &amp; Fall(ing)”, which is image m14950 (right). This one really jumped out at me as I looked through the assignment gallery. I love the use of colours here, with the bright yellow contrasting against the red background. I would have guessed from the thumbnail that it was floating down a river with fallen red leaves on the river bed. Not so though. From the comment, we learn that Allen actually panned with this leave as it was falling, which is pretty amazing. The yellow leaf is very sharp, and the exposure long enough at a quarter of a second to render the background a total blur of colour. Excellent work Allen, and congratulations on third place.
Moving quickly along, in second place with image m14886 (below), from Marcus Bain we have “Racer”. Both Marcus and Allen have been placed a number of times in this last few assignments, and are really putting a lot of effort into this, and having fun at the same time it seems.
We can see from Marcus’ comments against the image that this was his first attempt at panning, which is great, especially when he comes up with shots like this. We can see that Marcus has desaturated the colours except the reds and blues, which adds a lot to the effect, and really makes us feel the slightly distorted view of the world that the man speeding past. Marcus got this effect with a 25th of a second exposure, so we can really get a sense of the speed here. The subject is not quite as sharp as it might be, but plenty sharp enough for this sort of shot, so congratulations on a great image again Marcus. A very deserving second place here.

Racer (Copyright © Marcus Bain)
In first place we have Edwin Collingridge’s image, m14938 (below), entitled “A Burn on the Bike”. This is a 1/50th of a second pan; so again, the subject is travelling some here. I love the composition with the young boy off center to the left, with plenty of space to ride into, and the yellow grasses amongst the green make for a very nice dappled background, sufficiently blurred by the panning action. The red fleece and gloves that the boy is wearing are also a nice contrast to the surrounding colours. I think what makes this shot is the sharpness of the boy. Technically it’s a very good pan, which I’m sure in addition to the artistic merits of the shot is another reason why so many people voted for this.
A Burn on the Bike (Copyright © Edwin Collingridge)
Congratulations on first place Edwin — a very good win with this amazing image!
Six Month MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment Winners
Let’s move on now, to see [...]</itunes:summary>
<itunes:subtitle>Prefer to listen? There’s an audio player at the bottom of the post. Today it gives me great pleasure to announce the winners of the first MBP/WebSpy Photography Assignment accumulated vote winners for the last six month’s assignments. As you [...]</itunes:subtitle>
	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
